{"title":"All Products","description":"\u003cp\u003eBrowse every live Hoonies Adrenaline product in one place. Use search, category filters and sort options to compare parts, tuning support and vehicle upgrades before opening the product page for fitment details.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"staun-tyre-deflators-6-30-psi-automatic-off-road-tyre-air-down-tool","title":"Staun Tyre Deflators 6-30 PSI - Automatic Off-Road Tyre Air-Down Tool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStaun Tyre Deflators for Faster Off-Road Air-Down\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaun Tyre Deflators are an automatic 4-pack tyre air-down tool for 4x4, off-road and beach driving. Set your target pressure, screw the deflators onto standard tyre valve systems, and they release air until the preset pressure is reached. For drivers who regularly move between road pressures and lower off-road pressures, they make the air-down process quicker, more repeatable and less dependent on guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are not an air compressor. They handle the deflation side of your tyre pressure kit, making them a useful partner to a separate inflation setup when you need to air back up before returning to road speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat These Automatic Tyre Deflators Improve\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eManually airing down each tyre can be slow, especially at the start of a beach run, trail day or touring route. Uneven tyre pressures can also affect how the vehicle feels across soft sand, mud, rocks or loose ground. Staun automatic tyre deflators help simplify that job by allowing all four tyres to deflate at the same time to a preset pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic shut-off at the preset tyre pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable pressure range from 6-30 PSI.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-set to 18 PSI out of the package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-pack format allows simultaneous deflation of all four tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty brass construction for repeated off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a leather storage case for keeping the deflators together in your vehicle kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere They Fit In Your Air System\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaun tyre deflators are suited to drivers who want a dedicated air-down tool for off-road tyre pressure control. They are useful for beach access points, green lanes, touring routes, campsite arrivals and recovery preparation where tyre pressure changes are part of the routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLowering tyre pressure for off-road surfaces can help increase the tyre footprint and improve traction. The practical benefit is simple: less time crouched at each valve and more consistency when setting the vehicle up for the terrain ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStaun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic tyre deflators \/ off-road tyre air-down tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 deflators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-30 PSI adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Preset\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatically shuts off at a preset pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty brass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValve Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrews onto standard tyre valve systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeather storage case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-road and beach tyre deflation for 4x4 vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSetup and Use Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore a trip, set the deflators to your preferred target pressure within the 6-30 PSI adjustment range. Fit each deflator to a tyre valve and allow it to vent until it shuts off automatically. A separate tyre pressure gauge is still useful for checking your final pressures before driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a target pressure that suits your vehicle, load, tyre and terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that your vehicle uses standard tyre valve systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse all four deflators together when you want all tyres to air down at the same time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the deflators in the leather case after use to keep them organised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinflate tyres to suitable road pressures before returning to normal road driving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose these Staun tyre deflators if you want a compact, repeatable air-down tool rather than a manual valve-by-valve process. They are best for drivers who already understand their preferred off-road pressures, or who want an easier way to repeat a known setup across multiple trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are building a complete tyre pressure kit, plan for both sides of the job: these deflators for airing down, plus a pressure gauge and a suitable compressor or inflation system for airing back up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do Staun Tyre Deflators work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey screw onto standard tyre valve systems and release air until the preset pressure is reached. They then shut off automatically, helping you repeat the same air-down setting more easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure range can they be set to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable range is 6-30 PSI. They are pre-set to 18 PSI out of the package, so you can use that as a starting point or adjust them to suit your off-road setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I deflate all four tyres at the same time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This product is sold as a 4-pack, allowing one deflator to be used on each tyre so all four can air down simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre these a replacement for an air compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Staun tyre deflators are for reducing tyre pressure. You will still need a suitable inflation method to bring tyres back up to road pressure after off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are they suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are intended for off-road and beach tyre deflation on vehicles using standard tyre valve systems, including typical 4x4 and off-road applications. Check your valve type and pressure requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Staun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51419579449686,"sku":null,"price":65.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/staun_2.webp?v=1762170802"},{"product_id":"arb-summit-mkii-bullbar-bumper-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2022","title":"ARB Summit MKII Bullbar Ford Ranger Raptor 2022+ - Front-End Protection Bar","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Summit MKII Bullbar for Ford Ranger Raptor 2022+\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Summit MKII Bullbar is a steel front-end protection bar for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol, 2022-on. It is aimed at Raptor owners who use the vehicle for off-road driving, remote touring or expedition builds and want stronger frontal protection with winch compatibility, integrated lighting and CB aerial mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFactory front bumper plastics and lower panels can be exposed when a 4x4 is used on rutted tracks, rocky approaches, overgrown lanes and remote routes. This ARB bullbar gives the Ranger Raptor a purpose-made protection structure while also creating a more practical base for recovery and touring accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Ranger Raptor Bullbar Improves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Summit MKII focuses on the front of the vehicle, where impacts from debris, scrub, track obstacles and rough approach angles can quickly damage vulnerable bodywork. ARB uses a steel construction with a zinc-coated surface and powder-coated finish, helping the bar stand up to demanding off-road and road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront-end protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e steel bullbar structure with 3.0 mm wings and pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinch compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for a winch setup when matched with the correct mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated lighting:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes ARB LED fog light, LED DRL, LED sequential indicator and clearance light functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouring accessory support:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes 2 CB aerial brackets for communications equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePractical off-road features:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes 2 jack points and underpanels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompliance:\u003c\/strong\u003e ADR and air bag compliant according to ARB product information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Front-End Protection Upgrade Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis bullbar suits Ranger Raptor owners who are building the vehicle for more than daily driving. If your Raptor sees green lanes, off-road parks, remote travel or work in areas where front-end damage is a concern, the Summit MKII adds protection and accessory integration in one ARB package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also a strong choice if you are planning a recovery-focused front end. ARB confirms winch compatibility, but the winch mounting kit is available separately and is not stated as included. For related Ranger recovery mounting hardware, compare the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/front-bumper-winch-mount-plate-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003eARB Front Bumper Winch Mount Plate for Ranger Mk8\u003c\/a\u003e. If you are choosing a winch, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bushranger-covert-10-000lbs-synthetic-winch\"\u003eARB Bushranger Covert 10,000 lbs Synthetic Winch\u003c\/a\u003e is the most relevant comparison here because ARB information for this bullbar states winch compatibility up to 10,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitment and Before Ordering Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ARB Summit MKII Bullbar is for the Ford Ranger Raptor 2022-on. The Raptor is not the same as every standard Ranger, so do not assume a non-Raptor front bar or bumper accessory is the correct substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, check:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour vehicle is a Ford Ranger Raptor from 2022-on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou are ordering for the Next-Gen Raptor platform, not an earlier Ranger or earlier Raptor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour planned winch, lights and aerials match the bullbar and any required mounting components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou understand this is a bumper-cut design, so fitting needs careful measurement, alignment and finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your vehicle has front sensors, cameras or driver-assistance equipment, confirm any installation or calibration requirements before fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure whether this is the correct protection bar for your Raptor build, contact Hoonies Adrenaline before ordering so the vehicle and accessory plan can be checked properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummit MKII Bullbar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront-end protection bullbar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 2022-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXVFBF3440660\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZinc-coated surface with powder-coated finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBumper-cut design with pressed form top pan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWinch Cover Panel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOuter and Centre Tubes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60.3 mm diameter, 2.6 mm thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWings and Pans\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 mm thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWing and Centre Section Radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWinch Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWinch compatible, with ARB information stating up to 10,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB LED fog light, LED DRL, LED sequential indicators and clearance lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 CB aerial brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eJack Points\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 jack points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnderbody Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnderpanels included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eADR and air bag compliant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Summit MKII for a Raptor Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe key advantage is that this is a dedicated ARB protection product for the 2022-on Ranger Raptor, not a generic bumper accessory. It combines steel front protection, verified ARB dimensions, included lighting, aerial brackets, underpanels and winch compatibility in one matched bullbar package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor drivers building a serious touring or off-road Raptor, that matters. It reduces the need to piece together unrelated front-end parts and gives the build a clear structure for protection, lighting, communications and recovery planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions - ARB Summit MKII Bullbar\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this bullbar fit every Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is for the Ford Ranger Raptor 2022-on. Standard Ranger and earlier Ranger Raptor models should be checked separately before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a winch included with the bullbar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo winch is stated as included. ARB confirms winch compatibility for the bullbar, but the winch and any required mounting kit should be selected and checked separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use a winch rated above 10,000 lb?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eARB information for this bullbar states winch compatibility up to 10,000 lb. Do not choose a higher rated winch without confirming suitability for the bullbar, mounting hardware and vehicle setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat lighting is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bullbar includes ARB LED fog lights, LED DRLs, LED sequential indicators and clearance lights, helping keep the front-end upgrade functional as well as protective.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include aerial mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Summit MKII includes 2 CB aerial brackets, making it useful for touring vehicles that use communications equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this bullbar air bag compliant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. ARB product information states that the Summit MKII Bullbar is ADR and air bag compliant for the stated application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51419579744598,"sku":"XVFBF3440660","price":2650.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PXL_20250328_102359118-EDIT_2.jpg?v=1759077555"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-v6-ecu-remap-2022-2026-performance-tune-proven-bhp-torque-gains-uk-tuning","title":"Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 ECU Remap 2022-2026 - Custom Performance Tuning","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 ECU Remap for 2022-2026 Models\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Hoonies Adrenaline custom ECU remap, delivered in partnership with Lukos Engineering, is a tuning service for the 2022-2026 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol. It is for owners who want sharper response, stronger pull and a calibration shaped around their vehicle rather than a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is available as a Remote service or a Dyno service at St Neots. On suitable vehicles, the 450BHP and 700Nm figures show the scale of what is possible when the vehicle, fuel, temperature, hardware and data support it. Your Ranger Raptor is calibrated as an individual vehicle, so final results depend on condition, fuel quality, fitted modifications, temperatures and the information gathered through the chosen tuning route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Ranger Raptor Tuning Service Improves\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3.0L V6 Ranger Raptor is already a serious performance pickup, but many owners want a more responsive drive for road use, towing, loaded touring, trail work and faster overtaking. A custom ECU calibration helps the engine deliver its torque and response in a way that better suits the way the vehicle is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than treating every Ranger Raptor as the same, Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering tune around the vehicle's ECU file, hardware, condition, fuel, temperatures and driver feedback. That matters if the vehicle is used for mixed road and off-road driving, carries extra weight, or has already been modified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps improve throttle response and real-world driveability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports stronger mid-range delivery for overtaking, towing and loaded use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows calibration to be matched to a stock or modified 3.0L V6 petrol Ranger Raptor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives a choice between remote tuning convenience and in-person dyno tuning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses non-invasive software tuning, with no ECU swap required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Ranger Raptor ECU Remap Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service is intended for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol models from 2022-2026. It is a focused petrol V6 calibration route, not a diesel Ranger tune or a hybrid Ranger tune, which helps keep the tuning process aligned with the correct engine platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits owners who want a more capable and responsive vehicle without changing hardware as part of the tuning service. It is also useful for modified vehicles where the calibration needs to reflect the hardware fitted, provided the vehicle is in suitable mechanical condition before tuning begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily driven Ranger Raptors where throttle response and smoother delivery matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicles used for towing, work, overlanding or loaded touring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOff-road builds where controlled torque delivery is as important as peak power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModified vehicles that need a calibration matched to their current setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners deciding between a remote tuning package and a dyno tuning appointment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach with Lukos Engineering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering position this as a custom tuning service, not a quick generic file upload. The original ECU information is read from the vehicle, the stock file is saved, and the calibration is built around the vehicle's setup and behaviour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tuning process considers the details that affect how a modern petrol performance pickup responds: hardware condition, fuel quality, temperatures, feedback from the driver, any relevant logs or vehicle data, signs of misfire, transmission behaviour and sensible calibration limits for the vehicle. This helps the final map feel more matched to the individual Ranger Raptor rather than simply chasing a number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the driver, the benefit is straightforward: a stronger, more responsive Ranger Raptor with tuning decisions based on the vehicle in front of the engineers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Fully Remote Ranger Raptor Tuning Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Remote package is designed for owners who want professional custom ECU tuning without travelling for a dyno session. A tuning device is sent for the process, allowing the original ECU file to be read and saved before the custom calibration is prepared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the Remote package for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tuning device is sent for the ECU read and flashing process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe original ECU file is read and saved as the stock map.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLukos Engineering prepares the custom calibration around the vehicle file, setup, condition, fuel and feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe tuning file is loaded through the supplied device, with revisions used where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to four remote tuning revisions are associated with the package, giving scope to refine the calibration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe device allows the saved stock file to be reloaded when needed, with guidance provided through the process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis route is especially useful if the vehicle is not local to St Neots, or if the owner wants the flexibility of carrying out the process from home while still using a custom calibration service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning Option at St Neots\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dyno package is the in-person route for owners who want the vehicle tuned and checked on the dyno at St Neots. Dyno tuning allows the engineers to work with the vehicle under controlled conditions, review how it responds and make calibration decisions with measured feedback from the session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the more hands-on option for customers who prefer an appointment-based tuning experience, want the vehicle assessed in person, or have a modified setup that benefits from closer observation during calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-person dyno tuning at St Neots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for owners who want measured before-and-after dyno context.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for customers who prefer engineer-led tuning at the facility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelpful when the vehicle has supporting modifications or a specific use case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePerformance Figures and Real-World Expectations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe headline figures for this Ranger Raptor tuning package include up to 450BHP and 700Nm on suitable vehicles. Those numbers are useful for understanding the intent of the tune, but they are not a fixed promise for every truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo otherwise similar Ranger Raptors can respond differently depending on fuel, temperatures, service condition, existing hardware, software state and the data gathered during tuning. The goal is not just a peak number; it is a calibration that makes the 3.0L V6 petrol feel stronger, more immediate and better suited to how the vehicle is actually driven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Provider\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline in partnership with Lukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom ECU remap \/ performance tuning service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel Years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022-2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote, Dyno\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDyno Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSt Neots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Tuning Equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTuning device sent for ECU read and flashing process\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-invasive software tuning; no ECU swap or hardware modification required as part of the tuning service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeadline Tuning Figures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 450BHP and 700Nm on suitable vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with stock and modified vehicles, subject to vehicle condition and calibration requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock File\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal ECU file is saved for return-to-stock capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Revisions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to four remote tuning revisions associated with the package\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering Your Ranger Raptor Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood tuning starts with the right vehicle and the right route. Before choosing Remote or Dyno, check that the vehicle is the 2022-2026 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol and that it is in suitable mechanical condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTell Hoonies Adrenaline about any intake, exhaust, intercooler or other relevant hardware changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure servicing, ignition components, air filtration and cooling condition are up to standard before tuning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose Remote if you want convenience and can follow the device-led process from home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose Dyno if you prefer in-person tuning at St Neots and measured dyno session context.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse fuel quality appropriate to the calibration advice given during the tuning process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. Insurance and road-use responsibilities also remain with the vehicle owner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a physical tuning part or a service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a custom ECU remap and performance tuning service for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol. The remote route uses a tuning device for the process, but the product being purchased is the calibration service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the map generic or custom to my Ranger Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe calibration is custom to the vehicle. Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering work from the vehicle ECU file, setup, condition, feedback and relevant data rather than applying a one-size-fits-all flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Remote and Dyno tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemote tuning is carried out using a device sent to you for ECU reading and flashing. Dyno tuning is carried out in person at St Neots, giving the engineers the ability to assess the vehicle on the dyno during the appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the vehicle be returned to the stock file?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The original ECU file is read and saved as the stock map, and the tuning device allows the saved stock file to be reloaded when needed. This does not make warranty outcomes automatic or invisible; it simply gives practical file control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this remap affect warranty or insurance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can. As with any ECU tune or vehicle modification, warranty decisions sit with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. You should also tell your insurer about tuning or modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need hardware upgrades before tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo hardware modification or ECU swap is required as part of this tuning service. Stock and modified vehicles can be tuned, but the calibration and outcome depend on the vehicle's condition, fuel, hardware and data gathered during the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":51420364898646,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno","offer_id":51420364931414,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Raptor_2022_2.png?v=1779008191"},{"product_id":"ford-transit-custom-msrt-2-0l-diesel-150ps-ecu-tuning-2024-2025","title":"Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue 150PS Diesel ECU Remap 2024-2025 - Custom Tuning","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Transit Custom MS-RT 150PS Diesel ECU Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis custom ECU remap is for the 2024-2025 Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS owner who wants a stronger, more responsive van for work, towing, loaded driving and daily use. Delivered through Hoonies Adrenaline with Lukos Engineering as the tuning partner, it is a custom calibration service rather than a boxed hardware part or generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard 150PS diesel application starts from 150 HP and 361 Nm. The tuned package is shown at up to 190 HP and 458 Nm, giving a clear view of the scale of improvement available. Your van is still calibrated as an individual vehicle, with results shaped by vehicle condition, fuel, temperatures, hardware, logs and the route used for calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This ECU Remap Improves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA working Transit Custom often spends its life carrying tools, equipment, stock or passengers. In those conditions, the factory calibration can feel restrained when pulling away, climbing hills, joining fast roads or towing. This Ford Transit Custom MS-RT remap is designed to improve usable torque delivery and throttle response so the van feels more capable in the driving situations that matter most.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aim is not only a headline peak power number. A well-developed diesel ECU remap helps the 2.0 EcoBlue engine deliver stronger mid-range pull, smoother acceleration and more confident response when the van is loaded or being used commercially.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom ECU tuning for the 2024-2025 Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory figure of 150 HP and 361 Nm, with the tuned package shown at up to 190 HP and 458 Nm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped using dyno tuning and live data logging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt around vehicle condition, logs, driver feedback, hardware and temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful for loaded driveability, towing support, motorway use and daily commercial journeys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFactory DPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR systems are retained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOBD-based programming is used, so ECU removal is not required for this application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Transit Custom Tuning Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Lukos Engineering Ford tuning service is suited to Transit Custom MS-RT drivers who want the van to feel less strained under real workload conditions. It is a strong option for owners who use the vehicle as a business tool and want the calibration tailored to the way the van is actually driven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrades and commercial users carrying tools, stock or equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers who regularly tow trailers or run with heavier loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleet or business users wanting smoother, more flexible response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily drivers who want stronger overtaking and hill-climb performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who prefer a custom Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering tuning process over a generic file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your Transit is a different output, a non-MS-RT model, a different engine or outside the 2024-2025 model-year range, check suitability before ordering so the correct tuning route can be matched to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach with Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering treat this as a custom ECU calibration service. The map is built around the individual van rather than relying on a one-size-fits-all tune. That matters on a modern diesel work vehicle because the best calibration depends on how the van behaves under load, not just what the engine can produce on paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe process takes into account vehicle condition, live data logs, driver feedback, fuel, temperatures, hardware condition, misfires, operating behaviour and transmission response if it influences how the van drives. This allows the calibration to focus on usable performance, clean response and sensible limits for the engine and supporting systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a Transit Custom MS-RT used for business or towing, that data-led approach helps target the part of the rev range that is used most often. The result is a remap aimed at practical driveability rather than chasing an unrealistic peak number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning and Live Data Logging\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDyno tuning provides a controlled environment for measuring how the van responds during calibration. It helps the tuner review output, torque delivery and the shape of the power curve while changes are made.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLive data logging adds another layer of information by showing how the vehicle behaves while running. On a diesel Transit Custom, this is valuable because the important gains are often felt during mid-range acceleration, towing, hill work and loaded motorway driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering use these data points to refine the calibration around the vehicle in front of them. The tuned figures of up to 190 HP and 458 Nm show the potential of the package, but the final calibration is matched to the van's condition, fuel, temperatures, hardware and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Notes for the Transit Custom MS-RT\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is intended for the Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS from 2024-2025. Keep the fitment narrow when choosing a tuning service, as different Transit engines, outputs, model years and ECU setups may require a different calibration path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ECU type associated with this application is MD1CS027 and the programming method is OBD-based. Programming through the diagnostic port means ECU removal is not required for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe factory DPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR systems are retained as part of this tuning approach. Any warning lights, emissions-system faults, misfires or driveability issues should be investigated before tuning so the remap is not being used to hide an underlying mechanical problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Partner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU tuning \/ performance remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom tuning service, not a boxed physical part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel Years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eECU Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMD1CS027\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgramming Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOBD-based programming through the diagnostic port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 HP \/ 361 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuned Package\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 190 HP \/ 458 Nm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDyno tuning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDevelopment Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLive data logging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFactory Emissions Systems\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Booking Your ECU Remap\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA custom remap works best when the van is mechanically healthy. Before calibration, it is sensible to deal with any fault codes, warning lights, boost issues, misfires, DPF concerns, EGR issues, AdBlue\/SCR faults or servicing problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBe clear about how the van is used. A Transit Custom carrying daily work weight may need a different feel from a lightly loaded daily driver. Towing, payload, motorway use, urban stop-start work and fleet use all influence what the driver needs from the calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFuel quality, ambient temperature, hardware condition and logged behaviour can all affect the outcome. Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering use that information to tune the individual van rather than applying the same file to every Transit Custom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWarranty, Insurance and Road Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU tune, remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. If warranty cover is important to you, check your position before tuning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInsurance and legal obligations also remain the owner's responsibility. Retaining the factory DPF, EGR and AdBlue\/SCR systems is useful, but the vehicle still needs to be healthy, correctly maintained and suitable for its intended road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this remap for every Ford Transit Custom diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is aimed at the 2024-2025 Ford Transit Custom MS-RT 2.0 EcoBlue Diesel 150PS. Other Transit Custom outputs, engines, years and non-MS-RT applications should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the 190 HP and 458 Nm figures guaranteed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo fixed power figure is guaranteed. The tuned package is shown at up to 190 HP and 458 Nm, but your van is calibrated individually and the result depends on condition, fuel, temperatures, hardware and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from a generic remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering use a custom tuning approach. Dyno tuning, live data logging, vehicle condition and driver feedback are used to shape the calibration around the van rather than applying a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does dyno tuning matter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDyno tuning allows the van's response to be measured in a controlled environment. It helps show how power and torque are delivered, which is important when tuning for loaded driveability and mid-range pull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the ECU need to be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo ECU removal is required for this application. The MD1CS027 ECU is programmed using an OBD-based method through the diagnostic port.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan ECU tuning affect warranty or insurance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Any ECU remap or vehicle modification can affect warranty and insurance decisions. Check with your dealer, warranty provider and insurer before proceeding if those areas are important to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420380430678,"sku":null,"price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Transit_MS-RT_2024.png?v=1779009326"},{"product_id":"arb-dual-compressor-kit-ford-ranger-raptor-2022","title":"ARB Dual Compressor Kit Ford Ranger Raptor (2022+) – Onboard Air System Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIntegrated Onboard Air Solution for Ford Ranger Raptor (2022+)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Dual Compressor Kit is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Raptor (2022+), delivering a robust, vehicle-specific onboard air system for demanding off-road and expedition use. This kit combines ARB’s high-output twin piston compressor with a custom mounting solution, ensuring a seamless fit and reliable performance for the Next-Generation Ranger Raptor platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ARB Dual Compressor Kit Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system provides instant access to compressed air directly from your Ranger Raptor, supporting rapid tyre inflation, powering ARB Air Locker differentials, operating pneumatic tools, and more. The compressor is mounted discreetly in the right-hand rear fender area of the tub, preserving valuable cargo space and keeping the installation protected from external elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving for Off-Roaders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and expedition vehicles frequently need to adjust tyre pressures for changing terrain. Portable compressors can be slow, cumbersome, and take up space. The ARB Dual Compressor Kit solves these issues by offering a permanently installed, high-output air source that is always ready for action—ideal for drivers who regularly transition between on-road and off-road environments or require fast recovery capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Onboard Air System Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRapidly reinflating tyres after sand, mud, or rocky trail driving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowering ARB Air Locker differentials for enhanced traction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOperating air-powered tools during repairs or setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInflating camping equipment and cleaning gear with compressed air\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupporting touring, overland, and expedition builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ford Ranger Raptor Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific mounting for a factory-style, protected installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-output twin piston compressor for fast inflation and reliable performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePreserves cargo bed space for storage, drawers, or expedition equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated wiring harness and mounting hardware for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverheat protection and filtered intake for durability in harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpandable with ARB air system accessories and air lockers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual Onboard Air Compressor Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor (2022+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompressor Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin piston, high-output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Airflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 174.4 L\/min (high pressure)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLow Pressure Airflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 131.8 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Operating Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 200 kPa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverheat Protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated safety system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight-hand rear fender area (tub)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor, vehicle-specific bracket, wiring harness, quick connectors, flexible hose, installation hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ARB kit is tailored for the 2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor, utilising a dedicated mounting bracket and wiring harness for a tidy, no-fabrication-required install. The compressor’s location inside the rear wing area ensures easy access while keeping it shielded from weather and impacts. Typical installation time is around 150 minutes, though this may vary if your vehicle already has drawer systems or other accessories installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is compatible with ARB Air Locker systems and can be expanded with additional ARB air accessories, such as inflation hose kits, compressor manifold kits, and auxiliary air tanks. For vehicles running ARB Air Lockers, an additional connection kit may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this kit differ from universal compressor systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ARB kit is purpose-built for the Ford Ranger Raptor (2022+), offering a factory-style fit with no need for custom brackets or fabrication. Universal systems often require significant modification and may not integrate as cleanly with the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I power with the ARB Dual Compressor Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is capable of inflating large off-road tyres, powering ARB Air Locker differentials, running air tools, and inflating camping gear or cleaning equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the compressor protected from dust and water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the mounting location inside the rear fender area provides protection from external elements, and the compressor features a filtered intake and overheat protection for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all necessary brackets, wiring, and hardware for a straightforward installation. Confident DIYers can install it with standard tools, but professional installation is recommended for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit compatible with other Ranger models or years?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed exclusively for the Ford Ranger Raptor (2022+). Compatibility with other models or years is not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories can I add to this compressor system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can expand the system with ARB inflation hose kits, compressor manifold kits for air lockers, quick-connect air outlets, and auxiliary air tanks depending on your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420499738966,"sku":"XAA3540360T","price":800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/lead_image.webp?v=1758919945"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023","title":"Fenix Intercooler \u0026 Pipe Kit – Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L Petrol 2023+ Performance Cooling Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L Petrol\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEnhanced Charge Air Cooling for Demanding Ranger Raptor Builds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit is purpose-built for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L Petrol (2023+), offering a significant step up from the factory cooling setup. Developed in collaboration with CTB Performance, this kit directly addresses the high intake air temperatures (IATs) that limit power and reliability in both tuned and standard Raptors. Fenix’s proven design and robust construction provide the cooling foundation required for serious performance, off-road, and towing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit Improves Your Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit replaces the factory plastic\/alloy intercooler and piping with a full aluminium assembly, increasing intercooler core capacity by 37.5%. Dyno testing confirms up to a 20°C reduction in IATs, helping prevent heat soak and supporting consistent engine output under heavy load. The result is more stable power delivery, improved reliability, and greater headroom for ECU tuning or demanding use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Makes a Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOwners of the 2023+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L Petrol who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExperience power loss or heat soak during spirited driving, towing, or off-road work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan to tune their vehicle for increased boost or aggressive mapping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWant to safeguard engine reliability for touring or expedition builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a bolt-on upgrade that integrates with OEM sensors and mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ewill benefit most from this Fenix kit. It is especially valuable for those who demand consistent performance in harsh Australian conditions or who want a proven platform for future modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e37.5% increase in intercooler core capacity over OEM\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDyno-proven reduction in intake air temperatures by up to 20°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports higher power tuning and maintains reliability under stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFull aluminium, bar \u0026amp; plate construction for durability and efficient cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on fitment with CNC fixtures for all OEM sensors and pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack powder coated finish for corrosion resistance and a stealth look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComprehensive kit includes all pipes, silicone joiners, clamps, and fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBacked by Fenix’s reputation for quality and local support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFenix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L Petrol (2023+), P703 \/ RA platform\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440mm x 185mm x 115mm (tube and fin area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar \u0026amp; plate, full aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet \/ Outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 50mm inlet, 63mm outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntercooler, aluminium pipes, black silicone joiners, hose clamps, fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC fixtures for OEM BOV, air temp sensor, air recirculation pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix kit is engineered for straightforward installation, bolting directly to factory mounting points and using all OEM sensors and fittings. Only basic hand tools are required, making it suitable for confident DIYers or professional workshops. This kit is designed exclusively for the 2023+ Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L turbo petrol (P703 \/ RA) and will not fit earlier models or diesel variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Fenix for Your Ranger Raptor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFenix is trusted by performance workshops and off-road specialists across Australia for their rigorous testing, proven results, and responsive local support. Unlike generic alternatives, this kit is dyno-validated and specifically tailored for the Next-Gen Ranger Raptor, ensuring seamless fitment and real-world cooling gains. Every Fenix product is backed by a manufacturer warranty and dedicated after-sales support, giving you confidence for both daily use and demanding expeditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving the Problem of Heat Soak and Power Loss\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh intake air temperatures are a common issue for turbocharged engines, especially under load or in hot climates. The Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit helps control these temperatures, reducing the risk of power loss, detonation, and long-term engine stress. Whether you’re chasing lap times, towing heavy loads, or exploring remote tracks, this upgrade delivers the cooling stability your Ranger Raptor needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much power can I expect to gain with this intercooler kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary benefit is improved intake air temperature control, supporting more consistent power and reliability. Actual power gains depend on tuning and supporting modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit compatible with factory sensors and fittings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features CNC-machined fixtures for the OEM blow-off valve, air temperature sensor, and air recirculation pipe, ensuring seamless integration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for bolt-on installation with basic tools. Experienced DIYers or professional installers can fit the kit without major modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this intercooler fit other Ranger or Raptor models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is engineered specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L Petrol (2023+). It does not fit earlier models or diesel variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat’s included in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the Fenix Pro Series Intercooler, all required aluminium piping, black silicone joiners, hose clamps, and fittings for a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Fenix offer warranty or support for this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, all Fenix products are backed by a manufacturer warranty and local after-sales support for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420620587350,"sku":null,"price":1250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_1.webp?v=1758921633"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-transmission-cooler-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"Fenix Transmission Cooler Kit – Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L (2022–2025) Auxiliary Cooling Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Transmission Cooling for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix Transmission Cooler Kit is a dedicated auxiliary cooling upgrade engineered for the 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L turbo petrol. Developed in partnership with CTB Performance, this kit is designed to address the well-documented issue of elevated transmission temperatures in Next-Gen Ranger Raptors—whether towing, off-roading, or running performance modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow This Transmission Cooler Kit Protects Your Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh transmission fluid temperatures can quickly lead to reduced fluid life, increased wear, and even premature failure of critical gearbox components. The Fenix auxiliary cooler kit helps solve this by providing up to 15% lower transmission temperatures, as verified by dyno testing from both Fenix and Hoonies Adrenaline. By bypassing (not removing) the OEM oil cooler, this kit adds substantial cooling capacity while retaining the factory system for added reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L owners who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly tow heavy trailers or caravans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake on demanding off-road tracks or expedition routes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHave performance upgrades or run tuned vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWant to maximise gearbox reliability in Australian conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re preparing for remote touring, heavy-duty work, or spirited driving, this cooler kit is a practical investment in long-term transmission health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ranger Raptor Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUp to 15% reduction in transmission fluid temperatures (dyno-verified)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetains the original oil cooler for dual-stage cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComprehensive kit: includes all brackets, -8AN braided lines, and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable black powder coat finish with embossed Fenix branding\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports increased transmission life and consistent performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for straightforward installation, with no cutting or permanent modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFenix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary Transmission Cooler Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L Turbo Petrol (2022–2025, P703 \/ RA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220mm x 140mm x 50mm (tube and fin area only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e328mm x 140mm x 50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 Row 'Drawn Cup'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-8 AN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder coat, embossed Fenix logo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19-row cooler, -8AN lines and fittings, OEM bypass bracket, Fenix mounting bracket, all installation hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fenix kit is engineered for direct fitment to the 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L turbo petrol (P703 \/ RA). Installation does not require removal of the factory oil cooler; the system is bypassed for enhanced cooling. All brackets, hoses, and hardware are included for a complete installation. For best results, professional installation is strongly recommended. You will need 1 litre of manufacturer-specified ATF to top up after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit is not confirmed for other Ford Ranger or Raptor variants. Always check compatibility before purchase, especially if your vehicle has aftermarket modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Transmission Cooling Matters for Performance and Reliability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern turbocharged engines and automatic transmissions generate significant heat, especially under load. Without adequate cooling, transmission fluid can degrade, leading to erratic shifting, reduced performance, and costly repairs. The Fenix auxiliary cooler kit helps safeguard your gearbox, letting you tow, tour, and explore with confidence—even in harsh Australian conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this kit improve my Ranger Raptor’s transmission durability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy reducing fluid temperatures, the kit helps prevent heat-related wear and supports smoother, more reliable shifting during heavy-duty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit compatible with other Ford Ranger or Raptor engines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specific kit is designed for the 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L turbo petrol. Fitment for other models is not confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install the kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for straightforward installation, but professional fitting is recommended to ensure correct bypassing and fluid top-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this affect my vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty impact depends on your dealer and local regulations. Consult your dealership before installation if warranty retention is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEverything needed for installation: 19-row cooler, -8AN braided lines and fittings, CNC billet brackets, and all required hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need any additional parts for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou will require 1 litre of manufacturer-specified ATF to complete the installation. No other parts are needed unless your vehicle is modified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to protect your Ranger Raptor’s transmission?\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the Fenix auxiliary cooler kit for proven cooling performance and peace of mind on every drive.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51434838032726,"sku":null,"price":850.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_2.webp?v=1759069988"},{"product_id":"ngk-ruthenium-ltr6bhx-90495-spark-plugs-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"NGK Ruthenium LTR6BHX (90495) Spark Plugs - Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L 2022-2025 Ignition Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eNGK LTR6BHX Spark Plugs for Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNGK Ruthenium LTR6BHX (90495) spark plugs are for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol owners looking to refresh the ignition system with a recognised NGK Ruthenium HX plug. For a turbocharged petrol 4x4 that may be used for road driving, towing, fast road use or off-road trips, consistent ignition is a small detail that can make a big difference to how cleanly the engine runs under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpark plugs do not add power on their own. Their job is to provide the spark needed for controlled combustion. When plugs are worn, incorrectly matched or not suited to the engine's operating demands, the result can be rough running, hesitation or misfire symptoms, especially when the engine is hot or working hard. Choosing the correct NGK part number helps keep ignition service straightforward and gives the fitter a clear reference point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat These NGK Ruthenium Spark Plugs Do\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LTR6BHX is an NGK Ruthenium HX resistor spark plug identified by stock number 90495. It is used as an ignition service component for petrol engines, helping deliver the spark required to ignite the air-fuel mixture in each cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Ranger Raptor owners, the key benefit is not a vague performance claim; it is maintenance confidence. A fresh, correctly specified spark plug helps the engine management system do its job cleanly, supports consistent combustion, and is a sensible service choice when the vehicle is used hard or maintained as part of a performance-focused build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNGK Ruthenium HX spark plug technology for petrol ignition applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLTR6BHX and 90495 identifiers make part matching easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistor type spark plug, supporting modern ignition system requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful when servicing ignition components before further diagnosis or tuning work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant for owners who want a known NGK spark plug rather than a generic alternative.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 Fitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is positioned for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol, 2022-2025. Keep that application narrow when ordering. The Next-Gen Ranger Raptor is a specific petrol V6 platform, so part matching should be based on engine, year and the NGK part reference rather than a broad Ford Ranger search.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are servicing the full V6 ignition system, make sure the quantity in your basket matches the number of plugs you intend to replace. Pack formats can vary between sellers and options, so it is worth checking before booking workshop time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Ignition Service Upgrade Makes Sense\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese NGK spark plugs are a practical choice for owners who are refreshing ignition components as part of routine maintenance or preparing the vehicle for more demanding use. They suit the buyer who wants to reduce uncertainty around plug choice, especially when the vehicle is driven under load, used for touring, or maintained alongside other performance parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine spark plug replacement on the stated Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreventative maintenance before diagnosing rough running or ignition-related symptoms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation for hard road driving, towing or off-road trips where clean engine response matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting a modified or tuned vehicle with ignition components that should be checked as part of the wider setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor modified vehicles, spark plug condition and gap should be considered alongside the calibration, fuel quality and hardware fitted to the vehicle. If you are unsure whether this is the right plug for your setup, contact Hoonies Adrenaline before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNGK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuthenium HX resistor spark plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTR6BHX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90495\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoonies SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTR6BHX90495\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol, 2022-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTapered seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHex Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpark Plug Gap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm (0.032 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuthenium HX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering and Fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, compare the NGK LTR6BHX and 90495 references against your vehicle requirements. Check your model year, engine and any existing service information. If the vehicle has been tuned or modified, speak to the tuner or installer about the correct plug gap and service interval for that setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation should follow the correct workshop procedure for the vehicle. Use the correct tools, avoid over-tightening, and follow the relevant torque guidance from the vehicle or plug manufacturer. If you are not comfortable working around coil packs and spark plug wells, professional fitting is the safest route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this spark plug for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is offered for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol from 2022-2025. Because spark plug fitment is engine-specific, check the vehicle details and NGK LTR6BHX 90495 part reference before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Ruthenium HX mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRuthenium HX is NGK's spark plug technology used on this part number. For the buyer, the important point is that it identifies a specific NGK ignition component rather than a generic replacement plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these spark plugs increase power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpark plugs are service components, not standalone power adders. Fresh, correctly matched plugs help support reliable ignition, which is important when the engine is working hard or when other performance work has been carried out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many spark plugs should I order for a full V6 service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA V6 ignition service normally requires six spark plugs. Pack quantities can vary, so check the quantity being supplied and order enough for the work you plan to complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan these be used on tuned vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can be considered as part of ignition maintenance on a performance-focused Ranger Raptor, but plug gap and suitability should match the vehicle's calibration, hardware and use. Ask Hoonies Adrenaline if you need help checking suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special fitting equipment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo special performance equipment is stated for this product, but correct spark plug tools, care around the ignition coils, gap checking and the correct torque procedure are important for a clean installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NGK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435377819990,"sku":"LTR6BHX90495","price":139.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/s-l1600.png?v=1759075321"},{"product_id":"longranger-replacement-extended-140-litre-fuel-tank-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-petrol-2022","title":"LongRanger TR98 140L Replacement Fuel Tank - 2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor Petrol Extended Range","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLongRanger TR98 140L Fuel Tank for Ranger Raptor Touring Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR98 140L Replacement Fuel Tank is a vehicle-specific long-range petrol tank for the 2022+ Next Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol. It is for owners who want more usable touring range, fewer fuel stops and a cleaner extended-range solution than carrying loose fuel containers on long road, expedition or off-road trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of adding a separate auxiliary tank, the TR98 replaces the original 80 litre tank with a 140 litre unit in the OEM tank position. That makes it a practical upgrade for Ranger Raptor drivers planning remote routes, long motorway transfers, overland travel or loaded 4WD use where petrol availability can shape the journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy This Ranger Raptor Fuel Tank Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3.0 V6 petrol Ranger Raptor is a capable platform, but fuel range can become one of the first limitations when the vehicle is loaded with passengers, camping equipment, recovery gear or touring accessories. A larger replacement tank helps create a bigger fuel buffer between stops, which can make route planning simpler and reduce the need to carry jerry cans inside or outside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR98 is designed around the Next Gen Ranger Raptor petrol application. It keeps the fuel storage under the vehicle, reuses key factory fuel system components and is intended to sit at the same height as the OEM tank bash plate, helping preserve the underbody clearance profile around the tank area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Long-Distance and Off-Road Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e140 litre replacement capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e increases onboard petrol capacity compared with the standard 80 litre tank reference for this application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM-position installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e replaces the factory tank rather than adding a separate auxiliary tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for the Ranger Raptor petrol platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e specified for the 2022+ Next Gen \/ P703 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearance-conscious fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e installation information states the tank sits at the same height as the OEM tank bash plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e LongRanger tanks are described as manufactured from 2 mm aluminised steel and coated with a high-performance primer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory component reuse:\u003c\/strong\u003e the original filler, fuel level sender unit and pick-up unit are reused during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose the TR98 Replacement Tank\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fuel tank upgrade suits Ranger Raptor owners who use the vehicle beyond short local trips. It is especially relevant for drivers building a petrol Raptor for touring, remote tracks, European road trips, long UK motorway mileage, camping travel or off-road weekends where refuelling options may be limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also a strong choice when the aim is to keep the fuel upgrade integrated into the vehicle rather than relying on portable fuel storage. For a heavily equipped build, the larger fuel load should be considered alongside payload, suspension setup, axle load and the other accessories already fitted to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LongRanger TR98 is specified for the 2022+ Next Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol. It is the petrol version for this Ranger Raptor application and should be selected on that basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have a diesel Ranger, a non-Raptor Ranger, an earlier generation Ranger or a different fuel system configuration, check the correct tank option before ordering. The TR98 should not be treated as a universal Ranger fuel tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Fuel System Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR98 installs under the vehicle in place of the standard tank. Installation information states that no major vehicle modifications are required and gives an approximate fitting time of 3 hours. Because this is fuel system work, fitting should be carried out by a competent installer using safe workshop procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original filler, fuel level sender unit and pick-up unit are retained. Installation may require fuel to be added for leak testing, and fuel used during fitting is an additional installation consideration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is an important instrument behaviour change: the trip meter distance-to-empty function will no longer work as intended by the manufacturer after the long-range tank is installed. Owners should manage range with that in mind, particularly before remote journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongRanger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTR98\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement long-range fuel tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Next Gen \/ P703 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFuel Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePetrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReplacement Tank Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOriginal Tank Capacity Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm aluminised steel with high-performance primer coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder vehicle, replacing the OEM fuel tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance Note\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntended to sit at the same height as the OEM tank bash plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 3 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Modifications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo major vehicle modifications required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReused Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal filler, fuel level sender unit and pick-up unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Contents Summary\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTR98 tank, carbon canister related components, fuel tank mounting parts, replacement float arm, installation instructions and fitting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstrument Note\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrip meter distance-to-empty will no longer work as intended by the manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm your vehicle is a 2022+ Next Gen \/ P703 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that a 140 litre replacement tank suits your intended driving, touring and off-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiscuss fitting with your installer, including safe fuel handling and fuel required for leak testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReview payload and suspension considerations if your Raptor regularly carries heavy touring equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow for the distance-to-empty trip meter behaviour change after installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the LongRanger TR98 replace the original tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The TR98 replaces the original fuel tank and mounts under the vehicle in the OEM tank location. It is not a separate auxiliary tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Ranger Raptor model is this tank for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is specified for the 2022+ Next Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol. It is not presented as a universal fitment for all Ranger models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much capacity does the TR98 provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TR98 provides a 140 litre replacement capacity. The standard tank capacity reference for this Ranger Raptor petrol application is 80 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the tank affect underbody clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation information states that the tank is intended to sit at the same height as the OEM tank bash plate, helping retain the clearance profile around the tank area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre major vehicle modifications needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo major vehicle modifications are listed as required. The approximate fitting time is 3 hours, with the original filler, sender unit and pick-up unit reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the distance-to-empty reading still be accurate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trip meter distance-to-empty function will no longer work as intended by the manufacturer after fitting. Plan fuel range accordingly, especially on remote or long-distance routes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LongRanger","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435470455126,"sku":null,"price":1999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_aa9ed19a-f5f6-4f61-9688-0dbbab73cef0.webp?v=1773410254"},{"product_id":"salt-shift-chassis-flusher-kit","title":"Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit – Deep Undercarriage Cleaning System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSalt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit: Targeted Undercarriage Cleaning for Off-Road and Coastal Vehicles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit is engineered for vehicle owners who demand serious protection against corrosion and structural decay. This specialist cleaning system is designed to flush out salt, mud, and debris from inside chassis rails and hard-to-reach undercarriage areas, helping extend the life of your 4WD, off-road, or coastal vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUtilising a patented device with six high-powered water jets, the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit delivers a 360-degree spray pattern deep inside your vehicle’s chassis. The system connects directly to your garden hose and uses a 1\/4 inch brass fitting for reliable water flow. Powerful Neodymium magnets secure the flusher in place, allowing you to target specific chassis sections without hassle. The included Salt Shift Advanced Off-Road Wash is dispensed through the flusher canister, ensuring thorough removal of corrosive contaminants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Kit Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chassis flusher is ideal for vehicles exposed to saltwater, mud, or harsh off-road environments—such as beach-driven 4WDs, expedition rigs, trailers, and caravans. Regular use helps prevent hidden corrosion that can compromise safety and lead to expensive repairs. It’s especially valuable after saltwater crossings, winter road treatments, or muddy off-road adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to flush salt, mud, and debris from inside chassis rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps prevent underbody corrosion and structural damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and operate—plugs directly into chassis openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSix Neodymium magnets provide secure, hands-free use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, 90-degree tapered brass fitting for tight spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard garden hoses for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes Salt Shift Advanced Off-Road Wash for enhanced cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt Shift 1L Advanced Off-Road Wash\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt Shift Chassis Flusher Device\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt Shift Flusher Canister\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlusher Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalt Shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChassis Flusher Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet Shaft Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnet Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6x Neodymium magnets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360-degree, 6-jet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch brass fitting, garden hose compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo use, simply insert the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher into your vehicle’s chassis rail, add 100ml of Salt Shift Wash to the canister, and connect to your garden hose. Set the canister dial to the largest dot (setting 3) for maximum flow. For best results, position your vehicle on a slight decline or begin at the highest chassis point, moving the flusher along the rail several times to ensure complete coverage. The compact design and magnetic hold make it easy to manoeuvre and secure during cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Chassis Flushing Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, mud, and debris trapped inside chassis rails are leading causes of hidden corrosion, especially for vehicles used off-road or near the coast. Over time, this can undermine structural integrity and safety. The Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit helps address this problem by delivering targeted, high-pressure cleaning where it’s needed most—helping you protect your investment and avoid costly repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I use the Salt Shift Chassis Flusher Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles regularly exposed to saltwater, mud, or winter road treatments, use after each exposure or at least monthly during high-risk periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the kit compatible with all vehicle chassis types?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flusher is designed to fit most open chassis rails found on 4WDs, utes, trailers, and caravans. Always check your vehicle for suitable access points before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the kit with other cleaning products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is optimised for use with Salt Shift Advanced Off-Road Wash, included in the package. Using other products may affect performance or void product support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the magnets damage my chassis or paintwork?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neodymium magnets are strong but designed for secure placement. Ensure the area is clean before use to avoid scratching painted surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need any special tools for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo special tools are required. The chassis flusher is designed for simple, tool-free installation and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the kit require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the flusher device and hose with clean water after each use to prevent residue build-up and ensure long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Salt Shift","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435530158422,"sku":null,"price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/4_Salt_Shift_Chassis_Flusher_Kit_undercarriage-new.webp?v=1763990379"},{"product_id":"unisex-hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-garment-dyed-heavyweight-t-shirt","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Unisex Embroidered T-Shirt – Premium Motorsport Merch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHoonies Adrenaline Unisex Embroidered T-Shirt for Motorsport and Off-Road Enthusiasts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Sets This Hoonies T-Shirt Apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Unisex Embroidered T-Shirt is designed for those who live and breathe automotive culture—whether you’re at the track, on the trail, or representing your passion off-duty. Featuring a minimalist embroidered Hoonies logo, this shirt offers a subtle yet unmistakable nod to the adrenaline-fuelled lifestyle. Crafted from 100% cotton, it balances comfort, breathability, and durability for repeat wear in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose This T-Shirt and Why\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis t-shirt is ideal for motorsport fans, off-road adventurers, and anyone seeking premium branded apparel that stands up to active use. The fitted cut provides a modern look, making it suitable for both event days and casual wear. If you’re looking for a shirt that transitions seamlessly from the paddock to the pub, this is the piece for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving the Need for Durable, Versatile Motorsport Apparel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard t-shirts often fail to keep up with the demands of motorsport and off-road lifestyles—prone to fading, stretching, or losing shape after repeated washing. The Hoonies Adrenaline T-Shirt addresses these issues with robust cotton construction and a stitched logo that won’t peel or crack, ensuring you look sharp event after event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Buyer Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnisex fit designed to suit a wide range of body types\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% cotton for all-day comfort and breathability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmbroidered Hoonies logo for a premium, long-lasting finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMinimalist styling suitable for motorsport, off-road, or everyday wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlightly fitted cut—order up a size for a relaxed or oversized fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to pair with other Hoonies Adrenaline gear or casual outfits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shirt is made exclusively from high-quality cotton, chosen for its comfort and resilience. The embroidery process ensures the Hoonies logo remains crisp and intact, even after frequent washing and wear. The slightly fitted silhouette delivers a tailored appearance while allowing freedom of movement—ideal for active days at the track or trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFit, Sizing, and Styling Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis t-shirt is cut for a modern, slightly fitted shape. For those who prefer a looser or baggier style, ordering one size up is recommended. The unisex design makes it suitable for all genders and a variety of builds. Pair it with jeans, shorts, or layer under a jacket for a versatile look that works on and off the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Hoonies Adrenaline T-Shirt suitable for both men and women?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the unisex fit is designed for comfort and style across a wide range of body types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I choose my size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shirt has a slightly fitted cut. For a relaxed or oversized fit, order one size up from your usual size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the logo applied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies logo is embroidered, providing a high-quality, durable finish that won’t fade or crack like printed designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is used for this t-shirt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made from 100% cotton, ensuring breathability and comfort for all-day wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I wear this shirt to motorsport or off-road events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The shirt is designed for active lifestyles and is durable enough for event days, meets, or casual outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I care for the shirt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine wash with similar colours and avoid excessive heat to maintain the quality of both the fabric and embroidery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ S","offer_id":51599678341462,"sku":"5171367_15114","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ M","offer_id":51599678374230,"sku":"5171367_15115","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ L","offer_id":51599678406998,"sku":"5171367_15116","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ XL","offer_id":51599678439766,"sku":"5171367_15117","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599678472534,"sku":"5171367_15118","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599678505302,"sku":"5171367_16326","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599678538070,"sku":"5171367_17500","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ S","offer_id":51599678800214,"sku":"5171367_21555","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ M","offer_id":51599678832982,"sku":"5171367_21556","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ L","offer_id":51599678865750,"sku":"5171367_21557","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ XL","offer_id":51599678898518,"sku":"5171367_21558","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599678931286,"sku":"5171367_21559","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599678964054,"sku":"5171367_21560","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599678996822,"sku":"5171367_21561","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ S","offer_id":51599679029590,"sku":"5171367_21562","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ M","offer_id":51599679062358,"sku":"5171367_21563","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Sage \/ L","offer_id":51599679095126,"sku":"5171367_21564","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ XL","offer_id":51599679127894,"sku":"5171367_21565","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599679160662,"sku":"5171367_21566","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599679193430,"sku":"5171367_21567","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sage \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599679226198,"sku":"5171367_21568","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ S","offer_id":51599679947094,"sku":"5171367_21534","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ M","offer_id":51599679979862,"sku":"5171367_21535","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ L","offer_id":51599680012630,"sku":"5171367_21536","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ XL","offer_id":51599680045398,"sku":"5171367_21537","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ 2XL","offer_id":51599680078166,"sku":"5171367_21538","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ 3XL","offer_id":51599680110934,"sku":"5171367_21539","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Khaki \/ 4XL","offer_id":51599680143702,"sku":"5171367_21540","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ S","offer_id":51687116472662,"sku":"6604228_15161","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ M","offer_id":51687116505430,"sku":"6604228_15162","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ L","offer_id":51687116538198,"sku":"6604228_15163","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ XL","offer_id":51687116570966,"sku":"6604228_15164","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ 2XL","offer_id":51687116603734,"sku":"6604228_15165","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ 3XL","offer_id":51687116636502,"sku":"6604228_16327","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brick \/ 4XL","offer_id":51687116669270,"sku":"6604228_17509","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ S","offer_id":51687116702038,"sku":"6604228_21243","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ M","offer_id":51687116734806,"sku":"6604228_21244","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ L","offer_id":51687116767574,"sku":"6604228_21245","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ XL","offer_id":51687116800342,"sku":"6604228_21246","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ 2XL","offer_id":51687116833110,"sku":"6604228_21247","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ 3XL","offer_id":51687116865878,"sku":"6604228_21248","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Espresso \/ 4XL","offer_id":51687116898646,"sku":"6604228_21249","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ S","offer_id":51687116931414,"sku":"6604228_16535","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ M","offer_id":51687116964182,"sku":"6604228_16536","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ L","offer_id":51687116996950,"sku":"6604228_16537","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ XL","offer_id":51687117029718,"sku":"6604228_16538","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 2XL","offer_id":51687117062486,"sku":"6604228_16539","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 3XL","offer_id":51687117095254,"sku":"6604228_16540","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Light Green \/ 4XL","offer_id":51687117128022,"sku":"6604228_17510","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/unisex-garment-dyed-heavyweight-t-shirt-black-front-68f23f3c4aea9.jpg?v=1760706796"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-hoodie-ring-spun-cotton-unisex-hoodie","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie – Ring-Spun Cotton Unisex Merch for Motorsport \u0026 Off-Road Fans","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie for Automotive and Adventure Enthusiasts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePurpose-Built Merch for the Hoonies Community\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie is designed for fans who live the off-road, motorsport, and adventure lifestyle. More than just a standard hoodie, it’s a statement of belonging—crafted for those who want to represent the Hoonies Adrenaline brand whether they're at the track, in the workshop, or out exploring. Its unisex fit and premium ring-spun cotton blend deliver comfort and durability for active days and relaxed evenings alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Sets This Hoodie Apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike generic merch, this hoodie is tailored for the demands of automotive and off-road enthusiasts. The robust cotton-polyester blend stands up to repeated wear, making it ideal for pit crew duties, chilly morning trail runs, or downtime at the campsite. The subtle Hoonies branding signals your commitment to performance and adventure, while the classic design ensures it pairs easily with other gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere and How to Use the Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hoodie is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotorsport events—stay warm in the paddock or pit lane\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road trips—layer up for early starts or cool evenings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarage sessions—comfortable for long hours working on your build\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEveryday wear—show your Hoonies pride wherever you go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts unisex sizing makes it a versatile choice for teams, clubs, or as a thoughtful gift for fellow enthusiasts. The tear-away tag and soft cotton face mean you can wear it all day without irritation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium ring-spun cotton face for a soft, natural feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable cotton-polyester blend for long-lasting wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFront pouch pocket for convenience and warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMatching flat drawstrings and 3-panel hood for a tailored look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnisex fit—suitable for all body types\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in multiple colour blends to match your style\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTear-away tag for comfort; discreet manufacturer’s tag for compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade on demand—each hoodie is produced fresh for your order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie is engineered for comfort and resilience:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard colours: 65% ring-spun cotton, 35% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCharcoal Heather: 60% ring-spun cotton, 40% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarbon Grey: 55% ring-spun cotton, 45% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% cotton face for a premium hand-feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFabric weight: 8.5 oz.\/yd² (288.2 g\/m²)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSelf-fabric patch on the back for subtle reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery hoodie is made on demand, reducing waste and supporting customisation for clubs or teams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those who demand more from their merch, this hoodie offers a blend of comfort, durability, and authentic brand identity. It’s ideal for automotive enthusiasts, off-road explorers, and anyone who values gear that works as hard as they do. Whether you’re building, racing, or relaxing, the Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie delivers warmth and style without compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnisex Hoodie \/ Merch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Composition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65% ring-spun cotton, 35% polyester (varies by colour)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFace Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% cotton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFabric Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 oz.\/yd² (288.2 g\/m²)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront pouch pocket, matching flat drawstrings, 3-panel hood, tear-away tag, self-fabric patch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnisex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMade on demand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Hoonies Adrenaline Hoodie suitable for both men and women?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the unisex fit is designed to accommodate a wide range of body types and preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this hoodie differ from standard merch hoodies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt’s crafted specifically for the Hoonies community, with a durable cotton blend, premium cotton face, and subtle branding that appeals to automotive and off-road enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the best way to care for the hoodie?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine wash cold with similar colours and tumble dry on low. Avoid ironing directly on prints or labels for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this hoodie made to order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, each hoodie is produced on demand, ensuring you receive a freshly made product and supporting sustainable practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this hoodie for team or club branding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe design supports custom prints and inside labels, making it ideal for clubs, teams, or group orders wanting to showcase their identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the hoodie have any tags or labels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt features a tear-away tag for comfort and a discreet manufacturer’s side tag for compliance, which does not affect the overall design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"S","offer_id":51599681552726,"sku":"6636140_10779","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"M","offer_id":51599681585494,"sku":"6636140_10780","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"L","offer_id":51599681618262,"sku":"6636140_10781","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL","offer_id":51599681651030,"sku":"6636140_10782","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2XL","offer_id":51599681683798,"sku":"6636140_10783","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3XL","offer_id":51599681716566,"sku":"6636140_13416","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cotton-heritage-m2580-i-unisex-premium-pullover-hoodie-black-front-68f23f40848c3.jpg?v=1760706392"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-beanie-unisex","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline \"Stealth Logo\" Embroidered Beanie – Unisex Lifestyle Merch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSubtle Hoonies Adrenaline Identity for Everyday Wear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline \"Stealth Logo\" Embroidered Beanie is crafted for those who value understated style and authentic community connection. Designed as a unisex lifestyle accessory, this beanie lets you represent your passion for off-road, track, or performance culture without loud graphics—making it ideal for enthusiasts who prefer a low-profile look that still signals their commitment to the Hoonies Adrenaline ethos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Stealth Logo Beanie Offers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beanie provides reliable warmth and comfort for cold mornings in the paddock, late-night garage sessions, or daily city commutes. The embroidered stealth logo is positioned front and centre, offering a subtle nod to fellow enthusiasts without overwhelming your outfit. The classic, form-fitting shape ensures a secure fit whether you're layering up for a winter trail drive or simply adding a finishing touch to your streetwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDistinctive Use Cases for the Hoonies Adrenaline Beanie\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike generic beanies, this piece is designed for those who want to quietly signal their connection to the Hoonies Adrenaline community. It's particularly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotorsport fans seeking subtle, event-appropriate merch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road adventurers needing reliable warmth without bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarage builders and pit crew who value comfort during long sessions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEveryday wearers who appreciate premium, understated branding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're on a frosty trail, supporting a team trackside, or heading out for a casual meet, this beanie adapts to your lifestyle—making it a staple for any Hoonies Adrenaline supporter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features and Practical Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStealth embroidered logo:\u003c\/strong\u003e Subtle, front-centre branding exclusive to this SKU\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnisex, one-size-fits-most:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stretchable fit accommodates a wide range of head sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft cotton-acrylic blend:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60% cotton, 40% acrylic for warmth and breathability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForm-fitting design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stays secure during active use—ideal for outdoor and motorsport settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOn-demand production:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each beanie is made to order, ensuring fresh quality and minimal waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy care:\u003c\/strong\u003e Machine or hand wash for long-lasting wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Unique Design Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beanie features a precision-embroidered stealth logo, sized for visibility without dominating the look. The embroidery is applied with high-stitch density for durability, and the beanie's ribbed knit construction ensures shape retention over time. The one-size-fits-most design is tailored to suit both men and women, making it a versatile gift or personal staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCare and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo installation needed—simply wear as desired. For best results, hand wash or use a gentle machine cycle with mild detergent. Air dry to preserve the embroidery and maintain the beanie's shape. The cotton-acrylic blend resists pilling and retains softness, even after repeated washes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbroidered Beanie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60% Cotton, 40% Acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnisex, One Size Fits Most\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLogo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStealth Embroidered, Front Centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMade on demand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this beanie best suited for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beanie is ideal for Hoonies Adrenaline fans who prefer subtle, high-quality merch that fits seamlessly into both motorsport and everyday settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the stealth logo differ from other branded beanies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stealth logo is smaller, less reflective, and more understated than standard branding—making it perfect for those who want to show allegiance without overt logos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the beanie fit larger or smaller head sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ribbed knit and stretchable cotton-acrylic blend are designed to comfortably fit most adult head sizes, regardless of gender.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the beanie suitable for active use outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the snug fit and breathable material make it suitable for outdoor activities, including off-roading, pit work, or urban commuting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I care for the beanie to maintain its quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand wash or use a gentle machine cycle with mild detergent, then air dry. This preserves both the embroidery and the beanie's shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this beanie exclusive to Hoonies Adrenaline?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stealth logo and design are unique to the Hoonies Adrenaline merch line and not available through other brands or generic suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51599682175318,"sku":"7261312_4522","price":20.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/knit-beanie-black-front-68f23f450436c.jpg?v=1760706405"},{"product_id":"ford-ranger-wildtrak-v6-3-0l-diesel-ecu-tuning-2022-2025","title":"Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel ECU Tuning - Custom Remap 2022-2025","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak V6 Diesel ECU Tuning for 2022-2025\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering ECU tuning service is for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel from 2022-2025. It is built for owners who want a more responsive, more capable Ranger for towing, loaded driving, daily use and performance-focused road or trail work, without buying a generic flash file.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published power figure for this custom remap is up to 320 HP, showing the scale of what is possible when the vehicle condition, fuel, hardware and calibration route support it. Your Ranger is still treated as an individual vehicle: the final calibration is shaped by logs, condition, temperature behaviour, hardware, feedback and the tuning method selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Custom Ranger Remap Changes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eModern diesel pickups can feel held back by conservative factory calibration, especially when carrying weight, towing or needing clean mid-range response. This Ford Ranger 3.0 V6 diesel tuning service recalibrates the engine management software to help improve power delivery, throttle response and usable torque character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe service focuses on software calibration rather than physical engine changes. The available product information confirms non-invasive software tuning with no hardware modifications or ECU swaps required for the remap itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharper response:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the Ranger react more cleanly when pulling away, overtaking or driving with load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStronger mid-range feel:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports more confident towing and loaded driving where diesel torque delivery matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom calibration:\u003c\/strong\u003e built around your vehicle rather than treated as a one-size-fits-all file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemote or dyno route:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the tuning method that best fits your location, schedule and preference for in-person testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho This Ford Ranger 3.0 V6 Diesel Tuning Is For\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis service suits Ranger Wildtrak owners who want the vehicle to feel more responsive and composed under real use, not just produce a headline number. It is particularly relevant if your pickup is used as a work vehicle, tow vehicle, touring platform or fast daily driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTowing and hauling:\u003c\/strong\u003e useful when you want stronger response with trailers, tools or camping equipment on board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily road use:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps make the Ranger feel less flat in normal acceleration and overtaking situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOff-road and touring builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports smoother control when the vehicle is carrying accessories or expedition equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners comparing tuning options:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal if you want a custom Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering process rather than a basic file upload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExact Vehicle Fitment and Buyer Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis ECU remap is for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel, model years 2022-2025. The supported engine application is also described as the Ford Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue from 2022-2025.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe diesel fitment matters. This is not positioned as a Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol tune, a 2.0 diesel tune or a plug-in hybrid calibration. If your Ranger has a different engine, model year or powertrain, speak to Hoonies Adrenaline before choosing a tuning route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCustom Tuning Approach With Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering position this as a custom tuning service, not a flash-and-dash file. The calibration is shaped around the individual vehicle, its logs, condition, hardware, driver feedback and any issues that appear during the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat approach matters because two Rangers can respond differently depending on servicing, fuel quality, operating temperatures, existing hardware and how the vehicle is used. A tow vehicle, a road-focused daily and an expedition build may need different calibration priorities, even when they share the same 3.0L V6 diesel platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aim is to reach a suitable calibration for the engine, transmission behaviour, vehicle condition and use case, rather than chasing a fixed number at the expense of driveability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow Fully Remote ECU Tuning Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Remote option is designed for Ranger owners who want the custom tuning process without travelling to St Neots. It uses a supplied OBD2 device and your smartphone to log engine data and support calibration work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect the Remote tuning method:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the remote route when ordering the service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse the supplied OBD2 device:\u003c\/strong\u003e the device and smartphone workflow allows engine data to be logged from your vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLog the Ranger in real use:\u003c\/strong\u003e data from your vehicle helps shape the calibration around its condition and behaviour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceive a custom calibration file:\u003c\/strong\u003e the remap is created from the vehicle profile, logs and feedback.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefine from further data:\u003c\/strong\u003e the process can involve iterative adjustments so the calibration is matched to the vehicle rather than left as a generic file.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemote tuning is especially useful if your Ranger is used for work, towing or travel and you want a structured calibration process without losing time to a workshop visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDyno Tuning at St Neots\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Dyno option is available at St Neots for owners who prefer an in-person tuning session. This route is suited to buyers who want measured before-and-after performance testing and workshop-led calibration time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe in-house dyno route is particularly useful if you want the vehicle assessed under controlled load, if you have specific driveability feedback, or if the Ranger has hardware changes that should be discussed before calibration. Existing service information refers to professional hub dyno tuning, with booking time depending on the vehicle and the session required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are deciding between Remote and Dyno, choose Remote for convenience and choose Dyno if you value in-person support, measured runs and workshop time at St Neots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eService Provider\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline x Lukos Engineering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eECU tuning \/ custom remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel, 2022-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEngine Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue diesel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTuning Methods\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemote or Dyno\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDyno Location\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSt Neots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote Tuning Equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied OBD2 device and smartphone logging workflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardware Requirement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo hardware modifications or ECU swaps required for the remap service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Output\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 320 HP, vehicle dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering and Vehicle Condition\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the best tuning experience, make sure the Ranger is in sound mechanical condition before calibration. Service condition, air filtration, cooling system health, fuel, temperatures and existing hardware can all influence the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the vehicle has performance parts, towing equipment or a particular use case, share that before tuning. The more accurately the vehicle is described, the easier it is for Hoonies Adrenaline and Lukos Engineering to prioritise the right balance of response, delivery and calibration headroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWarranty, Insurance and Practical Cautions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs with any ECU tune, remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions can be affected and remain with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider. Tuning should also be declared to your insurer where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerformance results are vehicle dependent. Condition, fuel, hardware, logs, temperature behaviour and the chosen Remote or Dyno tuning route can all influence the final calibration and output.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this remap for the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The intended application is the Ford Ranger Wildtrak V6 3.0L Diesel from 2022-2025, also described as the Ford Ranger 3.0L V6 TD EcoBlue diesel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the up to 320 HP figure guaranteed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo fixed power number is guaranteed. Up to 320 HP shows the stated potential for this service, but your Ranger is calibrated individually and results depend on condition, fuel, hardware, temperatures and logs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose Remote tuning or Dyno tuning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Remote if convenience is the priority and you are comfortable using the supplied OBD2 device and smartphone logging workflow. Choose Dyno at St Neots if you want in-person calibration and measured before-and-after testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tuning require engine hardware modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo hardware modifications or ECU swaps are required for the remap service itself. If your Ranger already has hardware changes, share those details before tuning so the calibration route can be planned correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill ECU tuning affect my warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can. As with any remap or vehicle modification, warranty decisions sit with the dealer, manufacturer or warranty provider, so it is sensible to understand your position before proceeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before booking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck that the vehicle is mechanically healthy, serviced appropriately and running the fuel you intend to use after tuning. Tell Hoonies Adrenaline about towing use, added weight, existing modifications or any known driveability issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lukos Engineering","offers":[{"title":"Remote","offer_id":51786158801238,"sku":null,"price":1300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dyno (St Neots)","offer_id":51786158834006,"sku":null,"price":1500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ford_Ranger_Wildtrak_3.0_2022.png?v=1779007695"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-v6-2022-2025-twin-3-stainless-steel-performance-exhaust-system","title":"Manta Next Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025) Twin 3\" Stainless Steel Performance Exhaust System – Premium Exhaust Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust System for Next Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Manta Performance Exhaust Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust is engineered for the 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6, offering a direct upgrade over the restrictive factory system. Designed to integrate seamlessly with the Raptor's bi-modal valve system, this twin 3\" stainless steel exhaust transforms both the sound and performance of your vehicle. Whether you choose the cat-back, downpipes only, or full turbo-back configuration, each option is tailored to deliver a deeper, more refined exhaust note and improved flow, enhancing the driving experience for both daily use and spirited off-road adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Manta Exhaust Upgrade Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is ideal for Ranger Raptor owners seeking a noticeable improvement in sound, throttle response, and overall vehicle presence. The Manta exhaust is especially suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers wanting a more engaging and aggressive exhaust note without excessive cabin drone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerformance-focused builds aiming to maximise exhaust flow and reduce back pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road enthusiasts who demand durability and reliability in harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners looking for a direct-fit, high-quality UK-supplied system with no hidden import costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upgrade is one of the most significant modifications for the Ranger Raptor, delivering immediate feedback in both sound and driving feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta Ranger Raptor Exhaust System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Power \u0026amp; Torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mandrel-bent piping and high-flow catalytic converters (where fitted) reduce back pressure, supporting improved throttle response and stronger acceleration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomisable Sound:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full integration with the factory bi-modal valve system allows you to control the exhaust note, from refined to aggressive, at the flick of a switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRugged Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built from 409 grade stainless steel, the system is designed to withstand off-road abuse, mud, heat cycles, and long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistinctive Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finished with 4\" black tips for a sharper look that matches the Raptor’s performance image.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProven Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Developed specifically for the 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6, ensuring straightforward installation and reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUK Supply \u0026amp; Support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied directly in the UK, with all shipping, customs, and VAT included for a hassle-free purchase experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 3\" Stainless Steel Performance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCat-back, Downpipes Only (with or without cats), Full Turbo-back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e409 Grade Stainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" Black Tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValve Integration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory Bi-modal Valve Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 Years (Manufacturer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta exhaust system is designed as a direct replacement for the factory setup, with each configuration tailored for specific performance and sound goals. Professional installation is recommended to ensure correct fitment and valve integration. The system is suitable for both daily-driven and performance-focused Ranger Raptors. For off-road or motorsport use, a downpipes-only option without catalytic converters is available (off-road use only).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote: Always check local regulations regarding exhaust modifications and emissions compliance. Hoonies Adrenaline is available to answer fitment and legal questions in conjunction with Manta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta Ranger Raptor Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Manta exhaust affect the sound of my Ranger Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system delivers a deeper, more aggressive exhaust note, with the ability to switch between quiet and performance modes using the factory bi-modal valve control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the exhaust system a direct fit for the 2022–2025 Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is engineered specifically for this platform, ensuring straightforward installation and compatibility with the factory valve system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main differences between the cat-back, downpipes only, and full turbo-back options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back replaces the exhaust from the catalytic converters rearwards, the downpipes only option focuses on the turbo and catalytic converter section, and the full turbo-back replaces the entire system from the turbo outlet to the tips for maximum flow and sound control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust system suitable for off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The 409 stainless steel construction is designed to withstand harsh off-road environments, mud, and repeated heat cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust system affect my vehicle’s warranty or road legality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModifying your exhaust may affect warranty and legal compliance depending on local regulations. Always consult with your dealer or regulatory authority before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat support is available for UK customers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust is supplied directly in the UK with all duties, shipping, and VAT included. International shipping is available – contact Hoonies Adrenaline for a custom quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Manta Performance Exhaust for Your Ranger Raptor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory exhaust on the Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 prioritises compliance and refinement, often at the expense of sound and flow. The Manta system addresses these limitations by improving exhaust efficiency and delivering a more engaging driving experience. With proven build quality, tailored fitment, and multiple configuration options, this is the ideal upgrade for enthusiasts who demand the best in performance, durability, and sound.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"SSMKFD0321 - Full Turbo Back Exhaust","offer_id":52316675801430,"sku":"SSMKFD0321","price":4250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMKFD0322 - Cat Back","offer_id":52316675834198,"sku":"SSMKFD0322","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMKFD0323 - Downpipes (With Cats)","offer_id":52316675866966,"sku":"SSMKFD0323","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMBE780 - Downpipes (No Cats)","offer_id":52630661202262,"sku":"SSMBE780","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1a.png?v=1761063141"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-patch","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline 3\" Shield Embroidered Patch – Velcro Backed Logo Badge","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Patch Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShow your support for Hoonies Adrenaline with this premium embroidered patch, designed for enthusiasts who value both style and quality. This 3-inch shield-shaped badge features the distinctive Hoonies Adrenaline logo, complete with the iconic Raptor and Trooper motif, making it a standout addition to any gear or apparel collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Hoonies Adrenaline Patch Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis embroidered patch allows you to personalise your kit, backpack, jacket, or off-road gear with the unmistakable Hoonies Adrenaline branding. The double Velcro backing ensures secure attachment to a wide range of surfaces, including tactical bags, hats, or vehicle headliners, making it a versatile accessory for fans and adventurers alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use the Hoonies Adrenaline Patch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for flexibility, this patch is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road and expedition gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOutdoor jackets, vests, and hats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBackpacks, duffel bags, and tactical pouches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicle interiors with Velcro panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCollectors and motorsport fans seeking unique memorabilia\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re heading out on a trail, attending a motorsport event, or simply want to showcase your Hoonies Adrenaline pride, this patch is a practical and stylish choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Patch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium embroidery for a detailed, high-quality finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDouble Velcro backing for secure and easy attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive 3-inch shield shape with exclusive Raptor and Trooper design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile use across clothing, gear, and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-profile and lightweight for everyday carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patch is crafted with durable embroidery and features a robust double Velcro backing. This ensures a secure fit and long-lasting appearance, even with regular use on outdoor or off-road equipment. The shield shape is designed to resist fraying and maintain its form over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttaching the Hoonies Adrenaline patch is straightforward—simply press the Velcro side onto any compatible surface. The double Velcro system allows for quick removal or repositioning, making it easy to switch between gear or apparel as needed. No sewing or adhesives required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces can the Hoonies Adrenaline patch attach to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patch is designed for use with any Velcro (hook-and-loop) compatible surface, including tactical bags, jackets, hats, and vehicle panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the patch suitable for outdoor and off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the patch is made with durable embroidery and a strong Velcro backing, making it suitable for outdoor, off-road, and everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the patch be sewn onto clothing or gear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the patch is primarily designed for Velcro attachment, it can be sewn onto fabric if preferred, though this may affect the Velcro functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the patch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patch measures approximately 3 inches across in a shield shape, making it compact yet highly visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this patch a limited edition or part of a collection?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis patch is part of the official Hoonies Adrenaline merchandise range and features exclusive branding not available elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbroidered Patch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShield\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 inches (approximate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBacking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Velcro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline logo with Raptor and Trooper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVelcro-compatible surfaces on gear, apparel, and accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51683521167702,"sku":null,"price":8.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/patch.png?v=1761578882"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent – Electric Hard-Shell Expedition Camping","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Altitude Rooftop Tent – Automated Luxury for Overlanding\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent stands as the flagship in ARB’s camping range, engineered for expedition vehicles and touring builds where comfort, speed, and reliability matter. This electric hard-shell rooftop tent is designed for those who demand rapid setup, premium sleeping conditions, and robust protection for long-distance travel or remote overlanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAutomated Rooftop Tent Deployment and Convenience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike traditional rooftop tents, the ARB Altitude features a fully automated electric opening and closing system. With a simple press of a button, the tent deploys or packs away in under a minute, eliminating manual poles, folding, or canvas management. ARB’s SmartFold™ hinge technology ensures the canvas folds perfectly into the shell every time, so there’s no need to tuck in fabric or worry about misalignment on closing. This system is particularly valuable when setting up camp in poor weather or after a long day of travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis tent is purpose-built for off-road touring vehicles, expedition 4x4s, pickup trucks, and SUVs used for vehicle-based camping. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-distance overland journeys where rapid camp setup is essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring builds requiring reliable weather protection and sleeping comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition vehicles needing integrated electrical features and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCampers who value convenience, durability, and a premium sleeping platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting is compatible with standard roof rack systems or crossbars rated for rooftop loads, making it suitable for a wide range of vehicles prepared for adventure travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePush-button electric deployment and pack-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent closing alignment with SmartFold™ hinge\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-shell construction for fabric protection and reduced wind noise\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e70 mm dual-density foam mattress for superior sleeping comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED lighting, USB charging, and ventilation fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePanoramic windows and mesh insect screens for airflow and views\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRedesigned ladder with handrail and night illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInternal storage pockets and climate-control roof fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Altitude uses a rigid fibreglass hard-shell with a gel-coat finish, reinforced by an internal aluminium frame and weather-resistant touring fabric. This construction not only shields the tent from the elements during travel but also improves aerodynamics, reducing drag and wind noise at highway speeds. The robust shell and premium materials ensure the tent stands up to demanding expedition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent is designed for straightforward installation on most roof racks or crossbars rated for rooftop tent loads. The tent’s electrical system connects to the vehicle’s battery, powering internal lighting, a roof ventilation fan, and USB charging points. The system automatically powers down when the tent is closed, protecting your vehicle’s battery. The ladder is engineered for safety, with wide steps, a handrail, and internal storage when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible accessories, such as the Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit, Side Awning Kit, and ladder extensions, allow you to expand your campsite setup and integrate the tent into larger expedition systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional rooftop tents can be time-consuming and awkward to set up, especially in poor weather or after long drives. The ARB Altitude’s electric system solves this by automating deployment and pack-down, keeping bedding and sleeping areas protected and ready. Its hard-shell design prevents weather ingress and damage during travel, while the integrated electrical system and premium mattress ensure a comfortable, well-lit, and ventilated sleeping environment—no matter where your journey takes you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Hard-Shell Rooftop Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpening Mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomated electric system with SmartFold™ hinge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShell Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFibreglass with gel-coat finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm dual-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED lighting, USB charging, roof ventilation fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccess System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium ladder with handrail and illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts to standard roof racks\/crossbars rated for rooftop loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndustry Recognition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2025 Lightweight Leisure Award (Caravan and Motorhome Club)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the electric opening and closing system work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent deploys or packs away at the press of a button, using an automated mechanism and SmartFold™ hinge technology to manage the canvas and shell alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles can the ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent be installed on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is compatible with most vehicles equipped with roof racks or crossbars rated for rooftop tent loads, including 4x4s, pickups, and SUVs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the tent require a separate power supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the integrated electrical system runs from the vehicle’s battery and automatically powers down when the tent is closed to prevent battery drain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow comfortable is the sleeping area?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent features a 70 mm dual-density foam mattress and a spacious platform for two adults, with internal lighting and storage for added comfort during extended trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are available for the Altitude Rooftop Tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible accessories include a roof cross bar kit for carrying gear, a side awning kit for additional shelter, and ladder extensions for taller vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the tent suitable for year-round use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hard-shell construction, weather-resistant fabric, and integrated ventilation system make the Altitude suitable for a wide range of climates and expedition conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51685498388822,"sku":"XCTR802500","price":5384.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/01.webp?v=1761605136"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-hard-shell","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Hard Shell – Expedition Camping Solution","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Hard Shell – Premium Expedition Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Hard Shell Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Hard Shell is engineered for off-road touring, overlanding, and expedition vehicles seeking a fast-deploying, comfortable, and durable rooftop camping solution. This hard-shell tent is designed to streamline your setup at camp, maximise sleeping comfort, and withstand the demands of extended travel in harsh environments. Its compact footprint and aerodynamic shell make it an ideal fit for 4x4s, pickups, and SUVs equipped with suitable roof racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Improves Your Camping Experience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional ground tents and soft-shell rooftop tents can be time-consuming to set up, expose you to the elements, and often lack integrated comfort features. The Esperance 2 solves these challenges with a gas-strut assisted opening mechanism, allowing rapid deployment and pack-down. Its hard shell protects the tent fabric during travel, reduces wind resistance, and enhances weather protection. The integrated electrical system and panoramic windows further elevate the camping experience, making it suitable for both quick overnight stops and extended expeditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rooftop tent is best suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverland and expedition travellers who require fast camp setup and pack-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring vehicles, 4x4s, pickups, and SUVs with appropriate roof racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote-area explorers needing reliable shelter in varied conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCampers who value integrated lighting, ventilation, and sleeping comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuilds seeking a compact, aerodynamic rooftop solution compatible with annexes and awnings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Esperance 2 is particularly valuable for journeys where campsites change frequently, or where rapid shelter and comfort are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-shell design with gas-strut assisted opening for rapid setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComfortable sleeping platform for two adults and one child\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e50mm thick foam mattress with removable, washable cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated 12V electrical system with internal and external LED lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge windows, high-level vents, and panoramic moonroof for airflow and stargazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable moulded ABS shell and UV-resistant poly-cotton canvas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInternally stored telescopic ladder for secure access\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact travel dimensions and reduced wind resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with annex rooms, awnings, and other camping accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent is built for durability and longevity in demanding touring environments. Its aerodynamic hard shell is moulded from ABS for impact resistance and weather protection. The tent body uses UV-resistant poly-cotton canvas, paired with a waterproof rainfly and stainless steel mounting hardware. The 50mm convoluted foam mattress ensures sleeping comfort, while the removable quilted cover is easy to clean after extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires a vehicle with roof racks or crossbars rated for at least 75 kg dynamic load. The tent's compact closed dimensions allow it to fit most 4x4s, pickups, and SUVs. The telescopic ladder is stored internally and deploys automatically as the tent opens, simplifying setup and reducing loose components. The integrated electrical system powers both internal and external LED lighting, eliminating the need for separate camp lights. Optional accessories such as the Esperance Annex Room and awnings can be added to expand your campsite functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-Shell Rooftop Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEsperance 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 adults + 1 child\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 56–59 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~2000 × 1520 × 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosed Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~1520 × 1266 × 344 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShell Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMoulded ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTent Fabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-resistant poly-cotton canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm convoluted foam, removable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated 12V control box, internal\/external LED lighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLadder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternally stored telescopic ladder with angled steps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Requirements\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof racks\/crossbars rated for 75 kg dynamic load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent be set up and packed down?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gas-strut assisted hard-shell design allows most users to deploy or pack away the tent in just a few minutes, making it ideal for frequent campsite changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are compatible with the Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent is suitable for most 4x4s, pickups, and SUVs equipped with roof racks or crossbars rated for at least 75 kg dynamic load. Always check your vehicle's roof load rating before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress comfortable for extended trips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 50mm thick convoluted foam mattress with a removable, washable cover is designed for comfort during multi-night expeditions and long-term touring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use accessories such as annex rooms or awnings with this tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Esperance 2 is compatible with a range of ARB accessories, including annex rooms for extra living space and awnings for shade and weather protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the integrated electrical system work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent features an internal 12V control box powering both internal and external LED lighting, allowing you to illuminate your sleeping area and campsite without additional wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance is required for the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegularly clean the tent fabric and shell, check mounting hardware for tightness, and wash the mattress cover as needed to maintain comfort and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51710856757590,"sku":"XCTR802200V2","price":2363.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/esperance_1.webp?v=1761814006"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-decal","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Decal – Roof Tent Replacement Graphic","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Esperance 2 Decal for Roof Tent Customisation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2 Decal is a genuine replacement graphic designed specifically for the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent. This decal is essential for owners who have chosen a custom paint package for their tent and wish to retain the original ARB branding and model identification on their roof tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePurpose and Function of the ARB Esperance 2 Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis decal serves as an authentic replacement for the original branding on the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent. It helps restore the tent’s factory appearance after custom paintwork or repairs, ensuring your ARB roof tent maintains its distinctive look and recognisability. The decal is tailored to fit the Esperance 2 model, supporting both visual appeal and product identification for expeditions, touring, and overland builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Decal Is Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2 Decal is particularly useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners who have opted for a custom paint finish on their ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRestoring the original look after exterior repairs or resprays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintaining ARB branding for resale value or event display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsuring clear identification of the tent model in multi-vehicle expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Esperance 2 Decal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned exclusively for the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRestores factory branding after customisation or repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports product identification and authenticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple to apply for a clean, professional finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApplying the ARB Esperance 2 Decal is straightforward. Ensure the tent surface is clean, dry, and free from wax or residue before application. Carefully position the decal to match the original placement for a seamless appearance. This decal is intended for use only on the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent and is not compatible with other ARB tent models or roof tents from different brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement Decal \/ Roof Tent Graphic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior branding replacement for roof tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this decal compatible with other ARB roof tents?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this decal is specifically designed for the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent and will not fit other ARB models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need this decal if I have not customised my tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis decal is only necessary if you have removed or damaged the original decal during custom paintwork or repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I apply the ARB Esperance 2 Decal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the surface thoroughly, then carefully align and apply the decal to match the original position on the tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the decal withstand outdoor conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe decal is designed for exterior use on the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent, supporting durability in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I purchase this decal as a spare for future use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is suitable to keep as a spare in case you plan future customisation or repairs to your ARB Esperance 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the decal affect the tent’s warranty or performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the decal is a cosmetic replacement and does not impact the tent’s structural integrity or warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51712907379030,"sku":"XCCS815429","price":76.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/decal_1.webp?v=1761819830"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-colour-coded-painting","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Roof Tent Colour Coded Painting – Custom Shell Finish","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCustom Colour Coding for ARB Esperance 2 Roof Tent Shells\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance the integration of your ARB Esperance 2 roof tent with your vehicle by opting for ARB's colour coded painting service. This accessory allows you to have the tent shell professionally painted in the exact colour of your choice, ensuring a seamless and tailored appearance that matches your vehicle's finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ARB Esperance 2 Colour Coded Painting Service Offers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis service provides the option to customise the outer shell of your ARB Esperance 2 roof tent beyond the standard dark grey finish. By specifying your vehicle's colour code, ARB will deliver a roof tent shell painted to match, giving your expedition setup a cohesive and premium look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Customisation Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe colour coded painting service is ideal for owners who want their roof tent to blend perfectly with their vehicle, whether for aesthetic reasons, brand consistency, or to maintain a discreet and integrated profile. It is particularly suited to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition and touring builds seeking a factory-matched appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4WD enthusiasts who value attention to detail in their vehicle setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners wishing to personalise their ARB Esperance 2 roof tent for a unique look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of Colour Coding Your ARB Roof Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProfessional paint finish matched to your vehicle's colour code\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances the visual integration of your roof tent and vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports a cohesive and premium expedition setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows for personalisation beyond standard colour options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetains the option to add ARB decals for brand identity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Colour Coding Process Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter placing your order for the ARB Esperance 2 Colour Coded Painting service, you will be contacted directly to confirm your vehicle's exact colour code. This ensures the paint finish is accurately matched. Please note that the colour swatches shown in images are for illustration purposes only and may not represent the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis service is specifically for the ARB Esperance 2 roof tent shell. The painting process is completed before delivery, so your tent arrives ready to mount with the custom finish applied. If you wish to retain the ARB decal on your tent, it can be purchased separately and applied after painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Tent Shell Colour Coding Service\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2 Roof Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Grey (custom colour available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCustomisation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePainted to match supplied vehicle colour code\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I need to provide for the colour coding service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter ordering, you will be contacted to confirm your vehicle's colour code, ensuring an accurate paint match for your ARB Esperance 2 roof tent shell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I order the ARB decal to be reapplied after painting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the ARB decal is available separately and can be applied to the tent after the colour coding process is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this service available for other ARB roof tents?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis colour coded painting service is specifically offered for the ARB Esperance 2 model. For other models, please enquire directly with ARB or your supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does the painting process take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timeframe for painting and delivery will be confirmed after your order is placed and your colour code is provided. ARB will contact you with details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the painted finish match my vehicle exactly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish is matched as closely as possible to your supplied vehicle colour code, using professional automotive paint processes for the best result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I see a sample of the colour before ordering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour swatches in images are for illustration only. For precise colour matching, refer to your vehicle's manufacturer colour code.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713557889366,"sku":"XCCSPAINTESPV2","price":356.32,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rooftentcolourswatches.png?v=1761814617"},{"product_id":"arb-esperance-2-rooftop-tent-annex-room","title":"ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Annex Room – ARB Room Roof Accessory","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Annex Room Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Annex Room is a purpose-built accessory designed to expand the living space and functionality of the ARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent. Engineered by ARB, a leader in expedition and touring equipment, this annex transforms your rooftop tent setup into a multi-room campsite, providing a sheltered, enclosed ground-level area for greater comfort and versatility during extended adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Annex Room Enhances Your Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis annex attaches directly beneath the ARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent, creating a fully enclosed room at ground level. The design allows you to move between the ladder and sleeping area while remaining protected from the elements. The annex is ideal for use as a changing room, gear storage area, or a sheltered entryway, effectively converting your rooftop tent into a more complete and comfortable camp system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Esperance Annex Room Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annex room is particularly valuable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverlanding and expedition vehicles requiring extra space\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtended remote camping trips where campsite organisation matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring setups that rely on rooftop tents for sleeping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWet or cold weather camping, providing a dry, insulated area for gear and activities\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCampsites with limited natural shelter, offering a protected environment for relaxation or changing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy enclosing the ladder and entry, the annex room helps keep wind, rain, and insects out, ensuring a more comfortable experience on long journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Annex Room\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreates a secure, weather-resistant ground-level living space\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproves campsite comfort and usability for multi-day trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides insect-proof mesh panels for ventilation without pests\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes solid canvas doors for privacy and weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures a power cable pass-through for safe, sealed cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered specifically for seamless integration with the ARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annex is constructed from durable, weather-resistant touring fabric, designed to withstand the rigours of outdoor environments. A silver-coated insulation layer helps regulate interior temperature and enhances waterproofing, while robust canvas and mesh panels provide a balance of protection and airflow. The materials are selected to ensure longevity and comfort in a range of climates, supporting serious expedition and touring use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent Annex Room is engineered exclusively for the ARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent. It attaches via a zip-on interface, aligning precisely with the tent’s ladder entry and floor geometry for a secure fit. Installation is straightforward and can be completed at camp without specialist tools. For buyers, it is essential to confirm compatibility with the ARB Esperance 2 model, as this annex is not designed for other rooftop tent variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRooftop Tent Annex Room\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Esperance 2 Rooftop Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable touring fabric with silver-coated insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsect-proof mesh panels, solid canvas doors, power cable pass-through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip-on interface to tent base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tents is the ARB Esperance 2 Annex Room compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis annex room is engineered exclusively for the ARB Esperance 2 rooftop tent and is not compatible with other models or brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the annex room improve campsite comfort?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt creates a fully enclosed ground-level space for changing, gear storage, or relaxing, protecting you from wind, rain, and insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the annex room suitable for wet or cold weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the weather-resistant touring fabric and silver-coated insulation help keep the interior dry and comfortable in challenging conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the annex provide ventilation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsect-proof mesh panels allow for airflow while keeping bugs out, and solid canvas doors can be closed for privacy or weather protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I run electrical cables into the annex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the integrated power cable pass-through allows you to bring in lighting, fridge cables, or charging equipment without compromising the sealed environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the installation process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annex attaches to the tent base using a zip-on system, aligning with the ladder and entry for a secure and straightforward setup at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713681555798,"sku":"XCCS804200V2","price":345.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/annex_1.webp?v=1761821343"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-side-awning-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit – Roof Tent Weather Protection Accessory","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade Your ARB Altitude Roof Tent with Enhanced Weather Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit is a dedicated accessory engineered for owners of the ARB Altitude roof tent who demand greater comfort and protection in unpredictable outdoor conditions. Designed to integrate seamlessly with the Altitude tent platform, this kit delivers practical coverage at the tent entrance, making it easier to access your tent, change footwear, or organise gear—no matter the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit Improves Your Camping Experience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdverse weather can quickly turn a simple tent entry into a challenge. The ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit creates a sheltered zone alongside your tent ladder, shielding you from rain as you climb in or out. It also enables you to keep tent windows open for airflow, even during heavy rain, helping to reduce condensation and maintain comfort inside the tent. This is especially valuable for extended expeditions or remote touring, where keeping gear dry and living spaces ventilated is critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Side Awning Kit Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition travellers and overlanders who camp in varied climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring families seeking extra convenience and weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOutdoor enthusiasts who value quick setup and compact storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone using the ARB Altitude roof tent in wet, windy, or changeable conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike generic awning solutions, this kit is tailored to the ARB Altitude tent, ensuring a precise fit and reliable performance. If you regularly camp in exposed environments or need to keep your tent entrance dry and accessible, this accessory offers a clear advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustom-fit for the ARB Altitude roof tent—no universal compromises\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtects users and gear from rain at the tent entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows ventilation and window use even in wet weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick to attach and remove after initial installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePacks away with the tent or in the included carry bag for flexible storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for repeated expedition use, reflecting ARB’s reputation for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Included Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSide awning panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo mounting brackets and reels for secure attachment to the tent base shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupport rods for stable deployment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDedicated carry bag for storage or transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile ARB’s reputation for robust construction is well established, specific details such as fabric material, colour, and weight are not published for this kit. The design prioritises ease of use and long-term reliability in demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInitial installation requires fitting the mounting brackets and reels to your ARB Altitude roof tent’s base shell. Once in place, the awning attaches or detaches quickly using the support rods. For travel, the awning can be packed away with the tent by removing the window rods, or stored separately in the supplied carry bag. No specialist tools are required, and the process is straightforward for most users familiar with roof tent accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Awning Kit for Roof Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude Roof Tent only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide awning, 2 mounting brackets, reels, support rods, carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather protection and ventilation at tent entrance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this awning kit compatible with other ARB roof tents?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this kit is specifically designed for the ARB Altitude roof tent. Compatibility with other ARB tent models is not confirmed and is not recommended without manufacturer guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the awning be packed away with the tent closed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, after removing the window rods, the awning can be packed away with the tent for convenience during travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the awning provide protection from sun as well as rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary function is rain protection at the tent entrance, but it also offers some shade in sunny conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the side awning, two mounting brackets, reels, support rods, and a dedicated carry bag for storage or transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow difficult is the installation process?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and requires only basic tools. Once the brackets and reels are fitted, attaching and removing the awning is quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this kit over a universal awning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is engineered specifically for the ARB Altitude roof tent, ensuring a secure fit, reliable deployment, and the ability to pack away with the tent—benefits not always possible with universal awnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Problems for ARB Altitude Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAccessing your roof tent in wet or windy conditions can be uncomfortable and exposes your gear to the elements. The ARB Altitude Side Awning Kit solves this by creating a protected entry zone, allowing you to keep windows open for ventilation and maintain comfort, even in challenging weather. For expedition travellers and touring families, this means less time battling the elements and more time enjoying the outdoors with confidence in your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713736048982,"sku":"XCCS804510","price":172.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/awning_1.webp?v=1761821804"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-ladder-extension","title":"ARB Altitude Tent Power Harness – FRT Battery to 50 Anderson Plug","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDedicated Power Harness for ARB Altitude Rooftop Tents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Tent Power Harness is a purpose-built wiring solution designed specifically for ARB Altitude rooftop tent owners who require a safe, reliable connection from their vehicle's front battery to their tent's integrated electrical systems. Developed by ARB, a leader in off-road and expedition equipment, this harness helps ensure your tent’s lighting, charging ports, and ventilation remain powered—supporting comfort and convenience on every trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ARB Altitude Tent Power Harness Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis harness connects your vehicle’s front battery directly to the ARB Altitude tent using a 50 Anderson plug. It provides a secure, high-current pathway for powering essential tent accessories, such as LED lights, USB charging points, and fans. By using a dedicated wiring solution, you avoid the risks and limitations of makeshift or universal wiring, ensuring consistent power delivery even on extended expeditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere and When to Use This Harness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Tent Power Harness is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverlanders and touring enthusiasts who rely on rooftop tent comfort and electrical features\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition builds needing a tidy, integrated power supply to the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCampers seeking dependable lighting and charging at remote sites\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone upgrading from improvised or unreliable tent wiring solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy providing a direct, robust connection, this harness is especially useful for multi-day trips, off-grid camping, and situations where tent power is critical for safety or comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for ARB Altitude Tent Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for ARB Altitude rooftop tents—no guesswork on compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure 50 Anderson plug ensures safe, high-current connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces risk of voltage drop or unreliable accessory operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStreamlines installation compared to generic wiring kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports all tent-integrated electrical features as intended by ARB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Tent Power Harness features robust automotive-grade wiring and a genuine 50 Anderson plug for secure, high-capacity connections. While specific details such as wire gauge, harness length, or included hardware are not published by ARB, this harness is engineered for direct compatibility with ARB Altitude tents and vehicles equipped with a suitable front battery connection. For buyers seeking a plug-and-play solution, this harness eliminates the uncertainty of universal kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you require precise wire gauge, length, or included components, please consult ARB or your retailer before purchase. This product is not confirmed for use with other tent models or brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward for those familiar with 12V vehicle wiring. The harness is routed from the vehicle’s front battery to the tent, providing a direct and secure power source. For optimal safety and performance:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnsure all connections are properly insulated and protected from water and dust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow ARB’s installation guidelines or consult a professional installer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVerify compatibility with your vehicle’s battery and tent before fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional installation is recommended if you are unsure about vehicle wiring or integration with other electrical systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Power Challenges for Rooftop Tents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany campers and overlanders struggle with unreliable tent power, leading to failed lighting, dead devices, or uncomfortable nights. The ARB Altitude Tent Power Harness addresses this by providing a dedicated, engineered solution—helping you maintain comfort, safety, and convenience wherever you set up camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this harness compatible with tents other than the ARB Altitude?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis harness is designed specifically for ARB Altitude rooftop tents. Compatibility with other models or brands is not confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the 50 Anderson plug provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50 Anderson plug ensures a secure, high-current connection between your vehicle’s front battery and the tent, supporting reliable operation of all integrated tent accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this harness myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is suitable for those with basic 12V wiring knowledge. If in doubt, seek professional installation to ensure safe and reliable operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tent features can be powered with this harness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe harness supports tent-integrated features such as LED lighting, USB charging ports, and ventilation fans—depending on your ARB Altitude tent’s configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this harness work with dual battery systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe harness is intended for use with the vehicle’s front battery. For dual battery setups, consult your installer or ARB to ensure correct integration and power management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the harness weatherproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe harness uses automotive-grade connectors suitable for outdoor use, but the level of weatherproofing depends on installation quality. Ensure all connections are properly insulated and protected from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713741816150,"sku":"XCCST05015","price":204.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-tent-external-organiser","title":"ARB Altitude Tent External Organiser – Roof Tent Storage Accessory","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Altitude Tent External Organiser for Enhanced Campsite Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Tent External Organiser is a purpose-built storage solution designed specifically for the ARB Altitude rooftop tent. Manufactured by ARB, a leader in expedition and overland equipment, this organiser expands your tent's storage capacity by providing dedicated external compartments for shoes, gear, and campsite essentials. It’s an ideal upgrade for campers seeking to keep their living space tidy and their gear protected from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Altitude Tent External Organiser Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis organiser attaches securely to the base shell of the ARB Altitude tent. Its design allows it to hang conveniently outside the tent, offering easy access when entering or exiting through either side door. The organiser features two internal shelves, perfectly sized for storing up to two pairs of shoes or other camping items that are best kept outside the sleeping area. By using the same high-quality 380GSM canvas as the tent itself, the organiser helps shield your belongings from rain, dust, and campsite debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use the ARB Altitude Tent External Organiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis accessory is tailored for overlanders, campers, and touring enthusiasts who use the ARB Altitude rooftop tent. It is especially useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeeping muddy boots and shoes outside the sleeping area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStoring wet or dirty gear after a day of adventure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrganising campsite essentials for quick access\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaximising available space during extended expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Altitude Tent External Organiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the ARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps keep the tent interior clean and clutter-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable 380GSM canvas construction for weather resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple hook-over installation for fast setup and removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo internal shelves for organised storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy access from either side door of the tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaterial and Construction Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe external organiser is constructed from the same robust 380GSM canvas as the ARB Altitude tent. This material is chosen for its strength, durability, and weather resistance, ensuring your stored items remain protected in varied conditions. The organiser’s design complements the tent’s aesthetic while delivering practical functionality for demanding camping environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the organiser is straightforward—simply hook it over the base shell of the ARB Altitude tent. No tools or modifications are required. The organiser is intended for use exclusively with the ARB Altitude model, ensuring a secure fit and optimal accessibility. When packing up camp, the organiser can be quickly removed and stored flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Tent External Organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Tent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude Rooftop Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380GSM Canvas\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Compartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Internal Shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHooks Over Tent Base Shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the ARB Altitude Tent External Organiser compatible with other rooftop tents?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this organiser is designed specifically for the ARB Altitude rooftop tent and may not fit other models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of items can I store in the organiser?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe organiser is ideal for shoes, boots, and small campsite gear that you want to keep outside the tent interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the organiser attach to the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt simply hooks over the base shell of the ARB Altitude tent, allowing for quick installation and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the organiser protect my gear from rain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 380GSM canvas construction helps shield stored items from rain and dust, though it is not fully waterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the organiser be used on both sides of the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is accessible from either side door, making it versatile for different campsite setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the organiser require any tools for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tools are needed; it is designed for simple, tool-free setup.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713782710614,"sku":"XCCS804560","price":73.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/shoes.webp?v=1761822122"},{"product_id":"arb-altitude-roof-cross-bar-kit","title":"ARB Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit – Rooftop Tent Cargo Expansion","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExpand Your ARB Altitude Rooftop Tent's Carrying Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit is a purpose-built accessory designed to maximise the utility of your ARB Altitude rooftop tent. By adding a set of robust cross bars to the tent’s integrated roof rails, this kit allows you to securely transport additional lightweight gear above your tent—ideal for overlanding, touring, and extended camping adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Cross Bar Kit Enhances Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a rooftop tent is installed, available roof space for extra cargo is often sacrificed. The ARB Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit solves this by providing a dedicated mounting platform above the tent itself. This enables you to carry essential outdoor equipment—such as recovery boards, skis, fishing rods, or compact camping gear—without compromising tent functionality or vehicle storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cross bars are engineered to integrate seamlessly with the Altitude tent’s built-in roof rail system, ensuring a secure fit and even load distribution. The kit is not intended for use with other tents or generic roof racks, making it a precise solution for Altitude tent owners seeking additional cargo options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Cross Bar Kit is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is especially valuable for touring and expedition vehicles where multiple types of gear must be carried simultaneously. Typical applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverlanding builds requiring both sleeping accommodation and gear transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring vehicles with rooftop tents and limited internal storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOutdoor sports travel, such as carrying skis, snowboards, or fishing rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCamping setups needing extra mounting points for lightweight accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit allows you to keep your rooftop tent installed while still providing space for the gear essential to your journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the ARB Altitude rooftop tent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUtilises high-quality Thule aluminium cross bars with T-slot accessory channels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports up to approximately 20 kg of evenly distributed lightweight cargo\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains full tent opening and closing functionality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a wide range of rooftop accessories (bike carriers, kayak mounts, etc.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple installation and removal as needed for different trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Technical Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit features premium Thule aluminium cross bars, renowned for their strength and accessory compatibility. The bars include T-slot mounting channels, allowing direct installation of compatible mounts and brackets. The kit comes complete with mounting foot clamp assemblies, perimeter securing straps, and all necessary hardware for a secure and stable fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with all components designed to interface directly with the Altitude tent’s integrated rails. The system is engineered to ensure that the tent’s electric opening and closing mechanism continues to operate smoothly, even with the cross bars installed and loaded within the recommended weight limit. For best results, always distribute loads evenly and avoid exceeding the specified capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Cross Bar Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Altitude Rooftop Tent (integrated roof rails only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCross Bar Brand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20 kg (evenly distributed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot channels for compatible mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThule aluminium cross bars, mounting foot clamps, securing straps, hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Storage Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRooftop tents are a game-changer for remote touring, but they often limit available roof space for carrying other essential gear. The ARB Altitude Roof Cross Bar Kit addresses this by restoring cargo capability above the tent, allowing you to transport recovery equipment, sports gear, or accessories without needing a full roof rack system. This practical solution keeps your vehicle expedition-ready and your gear accessible, even on extended journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tents is this cross bar kit compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is engineered exclusively for the ARB Altitude rooftop tent and will not fit other tents or generic roof racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load the cross bars can support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is rated for approximately 20 kg of evenly distributed lightweight cargo to ensure safe operation of the tent’s mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount bike carriers or kayak holders to these cross bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Thule cross bars feature T-slot channels compatible with a wide range of accessory mounts, including bike and kayak carriers, provided the total load does not exceed the recommended limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the cross bars interfere with opening or closing the tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the kit is designed to maintain full tent functionality when installed and loaded within the specified weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation reversible or permanent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cross bar kit can be installed or removed as needed, allowing flexibility depending on your trip requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of gear are best suited for mounting on these bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight outdoor equipment such as recovery boards, skis, fishing rods, and small camping accessories are ideal for transport with this system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51713794572630,"sku":"XCCS804530","price":473.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/cross_bar_1.webp?v=1761822265"},{"product_id":"arb-simpson-iii-rooftop-tent-annex","title":"ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026 Annex – Expedition Annex Roof Solution","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex: Elevated Expedition Comfort\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex is designed for off-road explorers and touring enthusiasts who demand comfort, rapid setup, and versatile shelter on every journey. This premium ARB system combines a robust rooftop tent with a full-size zip-on annex, delivering a practical, elevated sleeping and living solution that keeps you protected from the elements and maximises usable space at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex Enhances Your Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Simpson III rooftop tent mounts securely to a suitable flat roof bar system, unfolding in minutes to provide a spacious, above-ground sleeping area. The included annex attaches seamlessly, creating an additional enclosed space ideal for changing, gear storage, or as a private kitchen or shower area. This system is engineered to keep bedding inside during travel, freeing up valuable space in your vehicle and ensuring a quick, hassle-free setup and pack-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Simpson III System Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis tent and annex combination is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote touring and overland expeditions where ground conditions are unpredictable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeekend camping trips requiring fast, comfortable shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtended journeys where weather protection and privacy are essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4WD owners seeking a universal fitment for most vehicles with suitable roof bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re setting up camp after a long day on the trail or need a reliable base for multi-day adventures, the Simpson III delivers proven convenience and comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick deployment and pack-down with unique bungee cord system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll-weather, waterproof poly-cotton ripstop canvas construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated insect screens on windows and doors for undisturbed sleep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-density 63.5mm bonded chip foam mattress for superior comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetractable anodised aluminium ladder supports up to 120kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnnex provides extra living, storage, or privacy space\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal mounting for a wide range of 4WDs and touring vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for harsh environments, the Simpson III features a tough poly-cotton ripstop canvas tent body with a durable polyester flysheet. The anodised aluminium frame and poles provide strength and corrosion resistance, while the high-density mattress ensures restful sleep in any conditions. The annex is crafted from matching waterproof materials, offering reliable protection and versatility at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for straightforward installation on most vehicles with a suitable flat roof bar system, the ARB Simpson III can be deployed or packed away in minutes. The unique bungee cord system keeps tent walls tidy during pack-down, while grab straps and a sturdy ladder make access safe and easy. The annex zips on securely, expanding your sheltered space without complicated setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTent Dimensions (Open)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400mm (W) x 2400mm (L) x 1300mm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnnex Base Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600mm x 1295mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosed Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400mm (W) x 1200mm (L) x 300mm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePole Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised Aluminium 2.5mm x 1.2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Camping Problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional ground tents can be slow to set up, vulnerable to weather, and take up valuable storage space. The ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex solves these issues by elevating your sleeping quarters, protecting you from uneven terrain, mud, and wildlife, while the annex provides a flexible, weatherproof area for storage or privacy. This system is trusted by overlanders and touring professionals worldwide for its reliability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles can the ARB Simpson III Rooftop Tent \u0026amp; Annex be fitted to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent is designed for universal fitment on vehicles equipped with a suitable flat roof bar system capable of supporting the tent’s weight. Always check your vehicle and roof rack load ratings before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does it take to set up and pack away the tent and annex?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rooftop tent can be deployed or packed away in minutes, thanks to the unique bungee cord system. The annex zips on quickly, adding only a few extra minutes to setup time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the mattress included, and what are its features?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the tent includes a high-density 63.5mm bonded chip foam mattress with a removable cover, designed for comfort and insulation in all weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan bedding remain inside the tent during travel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll bedding can remain inside the tent when it is packed down, helping to free up storage space in your vehicle and streamline your setup at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the annex used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe annex provides additional enclosed space for changing, gear storage, a kitchen setup, toilet\/shower area, or extra sleeping quarters, enhancing privacy and protection at camp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the tent handle extreme weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe poly-cotton ripstop canvas and waterproof flysheet are engineered to withstand harsh weather, while the elevated design keeps you dry and secure above ground level.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714142863702,"sku":"XCT803103","price":1334.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xct803103_1.webp?v=1761823816"},{"product_id":"arb-flinders-rooftop-tent","title":"ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent – Compact Expedition Camping Solution","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Flinders Rooftop Tent Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent is engineered for off-road adventurers and touring enthusiasts seeking a compact, comfortable, and quick-deploy camping solution. Designed by ARB, a leader in 4x4 accessories, this rooftop tent transforms your vehicle into a mobile basecamp, offering reliable shelter and convenience wherever your journey takes you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent Enhances Your Camping Experience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rooftop tent is purpose-built to deliver a restful night’s sleep above ground, away from uneven terrain and the elements. Its low-profile design minimises wind drag and vehicle height, making it ideal for both long-distance touring and spontaneous weekend escapes. The Flinders model comfortably sleeps two adults, with a high-density foam mattress ensuring support and comfort after a day of adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIdeal Use Cases for the ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Flinders is suited to overlanders, off-road explorers, and campers who value rapid setup, compact storage, and robust weather protection. Whether you’re embarking on a remote expedition, touring national parks, or setting up camp at a festival, this tent allows you to maximise your time outdoors and minimise campsite hassle. Its integrated storage for compact bedding means you can keep essentials ready to go, reducing setup and pack-down time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick setup and pack-down for efficient camp transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packed height reduces wind resistance and vehicle profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-density foam mattress for superior sleeping comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable, UV- and mould-resistant canvas and polyester construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED lighting and USB charging for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMidge-proof windows and skylight for ventilation and stargazing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetractable aluminium ladder for safe, easy access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flinders Rooftop Tent features a medium-weight 300gsm poly-cotton ripstop canvas and a 420D oxford polyester flysheet, offering a balance of strength, weather resistance, and durability. The internal frame uses metal camlock bows with a 24mm diameter for stability. Five zippered windows with midge-proof mesh ensure airflow while keeping insects out, and the skylight roof adds a unique touch for night-time views.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting the ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent requires a compatible roof rack or crossbar system capable of supporting the tent’s weight. Setup is straightforward: unzip the cover, unfold the tent via the ladder, and extend the internal poles. The tent’s low packed profile (as little as 200mm with the ladder relocated) improves vehicle aerodynamics and reduces clearance concerns. The included retractable ladder supports up to 120kg, providing secure access for most users. Maintenance is simple, with removable mattress covers and easy-to-clean surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRooftop Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlinders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 adults\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (Open)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400mm (W) x 2400mm (L) x 1400mm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal metal camlock bows, 24mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm high-density foam, removable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 lumen LED touch lamp, 2 x USB sockets (2.1A), 12V socket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWindows\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 windows, 1 door entry, 1 skylight, all-weather ventilation port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56kg dry\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly can the ARB Flinders Rooftop Tent be set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent is designed for rapid deployment—simply unzip, unfold, and extend the poles. Most users can set up camp in just a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are suitable for mounting the Flinders Rooftop Tent?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tent is compatible with most vehicles equipped with a suitable roof rack or crossbars rated for at least 56kg plus occupant weight. Always check your vehicle’s roof load rating before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan bedding be stored inside the tent while travelling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Flinders model is designed to accommodate compact bedding inside the tent when packed, streamlining setup and pack-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the tent weatherproof and suitable for year-round use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe poly-cotton ripstop canvas and polyester flysheet provide strong protection against rain, wind, and UV exposure. Proper ventilation helps reduce condensation in varied climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the tent maintained and cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mattress cover is removable for washing, and the tent materials can be cleaned with mild soap and water. Regular airing and inspection are recommended after trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Flinders Rooftop Tent different from other ARB tents?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Flinders stands out for its compact packed height, integrated lighting and charging, and a focus on quick setup, making it ideal for those who value convenience and efficient touring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714174878038,"sku":"XCTR803300","price":799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/xctr803300_1.webp?v=1761824187"},{"product_id":"hoonies-adrenaline-embroidered-key-chain","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keychain – Remove Before Flight Tag with Partner Logos","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDistinctive Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keychain for Enthusiasts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keychain is crafted for those who live and breathe performance, off-road adventure, and motorsport culture. This remove-before-flight style key tag is more than just a practical accessory—it's a statement of your commitment to the Hoonies Adrenaline community and a nod to the brands and partners that fuel your passion. With its bold embroidered logo at the centre and unique partner branding on either side, this keychain stands out from generic alternatives and brings a piece of the paddock or trail to your daily routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Sets This Keychain Apart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike standard key tags, the Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keychain features exclusive branding details. The central Hoonies Adrenaline logo is flanked by select partner logos, giving each keychain a unique, authentic look that can't be found in mass-market accessories. The vivid embroidery and contrasting colours make it easy to spot, while the durable construction ensures it keeps up with your lifestyle—whether clipped to your 4x4 keys, track car, or expedition gear bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose This Keychain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis keychain is designed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotorsport and off-road enthusiasts seeking a distinctive, functional accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFans of the Hoonies Adrenaline brand who want to represent their community\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers and riders who value practical gear with a story and identity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone looking for a visible, easy-to-grab key tag for keys, bags, or recovery gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's especially suited for those who appreciate the details—partner logos, quality stitching, and a design that signals involvement in the performance scene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem: Losing or Misplacing Keys\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard keyrings can be hard to spot in a crowded bag or glovebox, and generic tags lack personality. The Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keychain solves this by combining high-contrast embroidery and a remove-before-flight format, making your keys easy to find and hard to forget. The robust eyelet and keyring keep everything secure, even in rough conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Hoonies Adrenaline Embroidered Keychain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExclusive Hoonies Adrenaline and partner branding—unique to this keychain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-visibility remove-before-flight design for quick identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable embroidered fabric and reinforced metal eyelet for longevity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComfortable size (approx. 3x13cm) balances visibility and pocket-friendliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports the Hoonies Adrenaline community with every purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Design Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach keychain is manufactured with premium embroidered fabric, ensuring crisp logo detail and colour retention. The central Hoonies Adrenaline logo is stitched in high contrast, while the partner logos add authenticity and make each tag a collector's item for brand supporters. The metal eyelet and keyring are designed for repeated use, resisting bending or wear from daily handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttaching the keychain is simple: thread your keys, bag zipper, or gear loop through the sturdy keyring. Its lightweight build means it won't weigh down your pocket or bag, but the bold design ensures you never lose track of your essentials. Ideal for daily drivers, off-road rigs, or as a gift for a fellow enthusiast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this keychain different from other remove-before-flight tags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis keychain features exclusive Hoonies Adrenaline and partner branding, setting it apart from generic or unbranded alternatives. The quality embroidery and unique design details are tailored for true enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the keychain suitable for all types of keys and gear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, its robust construction and versatile size make it ideal for vehicle keys, bags, toolboxes, or recovery gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the embroidery and colours last with regular use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe keychain is made with high-quality threads and fabric, designed to resist fraying and fading even with daily handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this as a gift for a motorsport or off-road fan?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Its unique branding and functional design make it a thoughtful and practical gift for anyone passionate about performance or adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes my purchase support the Hoonies Adrenaline community?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, every keychain sold helps grow the Hoonies Adrenaline brand and supports future enthusiast-driven projects and events.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51714792980822,"sku":null,"price":5.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/keyring2_c5394ac1-e5e5-429b-984f-a18137a2ba9e.png?v=1761828637"},{"product_id":"performance-thermostat-kit-ford-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Performance Thermostat Kit – Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025) Engine Cooling Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePerformance Thermostat Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow This Thermostat Kit Enhances Engine Cooling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Performance Thermostat Kit is engineered for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025), providing a direct-fit solution for owners who demand reliable engine cooling under tough conditions. By opening at a lower temperature than the factory thermostat, this kit allows coolant to circulate sooner, helping to stabilise engine temperatures during aggressive driving, towing, or off-road use. This is especially important for vehicles with performance upgrades or those regularly exposed to high thermal loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Engine Heat Issues in the Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh engine temperatures are a common challenge for Ranger Raptor owners who push their vehicles on rugged terrain, tow heavy loads, or run performance modifications. Heat soak can lead to reduced power, increased wear, and even limit the effectiveness of ECU tuning. The Hoonies Adrenaline kit directly addresses these issues by enabling earlier coolant flow, reducing the risk of thermal stress and supporting consistent power delivery, even in the harshest environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose This Thermostat Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners of Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025) seeking improved cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers who regularly tow, haul, or operate in hot climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnthusiasts with ECU tuning or engine modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders who demand stable engine performance on challenging trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting to reduce the risk of heat-related engine issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy choosing this exact Hoonies Adrenaline kit, you ensure precise fitment and compatibility with your Raptor’s engine, avoiding the guesswork of universal solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ranger Raptor Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnables earlier coolant circulation for improved thermal management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps prevent engine heat soak and supports consistent performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect-fit replacement—no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports more aggressive tuning by keeping engine temperatures under control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes all required components for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Thermostat Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 Petrol (2022–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermostat Opening Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpens at a lower temperature than factory (factory opens at 106°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement, includes required fitment parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine cooling system upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for straightforward installation on the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025). Only basic hand tools are needed, and no special modifications are required. Always ensure the engine is cool before beginning work, and follow manufacturer procedures for draining and refilling coolant. This upgrade is suitable for confident DIYers as well as professional workshops. For those with heavily tuned engines, consider pairing this kit with additional cooling upgrades for maximum benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this thermostat kit help my Ranger Raptor’s engine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows coolant to circulate earlier, reducing engine temperatures and helping to prevent heat soak—especially valuable under heavy loads or spirited driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit compatible with all 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is specifically engineered for the 3.0L V6 petrol variant from 2022 to 2025. It is not suitable for other engines or model years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install the kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is manageable for those with basic mechanical skills and tools. If you are unsure, professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this thermostat affect my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModifying the cooling system may impact warranty coverage. Consult your vehicle manufacturer or dealer before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need other cooling upgrades with this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most applications, this kit alone is sufficient. For heavily modified engines, pairing with upgraded radiators or cooling components can further enhance performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit suitable for off-road and towing use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to support stable engine temperatures in demanding conditions, making it ideal for off-road adventures and towing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51743937102166,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_cb835a26-1b9d-47d4-8424-40dc4ed9706c.webp?v=1762113148"},{"product_id":"rhino-metalworkz-billet-aluminium-16-tonne-hitch-slider","title":"Rhino Metalwokz Billet Aluminium 16 Tonne Hitch Slider – Rear Recovery \u0026 Protection Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRhino Metalwokz Billet Aluminium 16 Tonne Hitch Slider Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino Metalwokz Billet Aluminium 16 Tonne Hitch Slider is engineered to provide robust rear-end protection and a reliable central recovery point for demanding off-road and expedition vehicles. Manufactured in the UK from a single billet of 7075-T6 aircraft-grade aluminium, this slider is designed for those who need uncompromising strength and durability on challenging terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Hitch Slider Protects and Recovers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hitch slider acts as a rear rock slider, shielding vulnerable bodywork, exhausts, and low-hanging components from impacts with rocks, ruts, and obstacles. Its angled base helps the vehicle glide over hazards rather than getting caught, minimising the risk of damage during technical off-road manoeuvres. The integrated recovery point allows for safe, centralised winch or tow operations, supporting soft shackles for secure attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Rhino Metalwokz Hitch Slider Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for overland builds, expedition vehicles, and serious off-roaders, this hitch slider is a practical upgrade for anyone who regularly encounters rocky trails, deep ruts, or uneven ground. It is especially useful when rear protection and a dependable recovery point are essential—such as solo remote touring, group recoveries, or when traversing technical obstacles where rear-end strikes are likely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Rhino Metalwokz Billet Aluminium Hitch Slider\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtects rear panels, exhausts, and underbody from trail damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides a strong, central recovery point with a minimum breaking strength of over 16 tonnes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAngled design slides over rocks and obstacles, reducing hang-ups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMachined from a single billet of 7075-T6 aircraft-grade aluminium for maximum strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal fit for 2\" receiver hitches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCerakote industrial finish for superior wear and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUV laser-engraved serial number for traceability and authenticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned and manufactured in the UK for premium quality assurance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Finish Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino Metalwokz Hitch Slider is CNC machined from a single billet of 7075-T6 aircraft-grade aluminium, balancing lightweight construction with exceptional strength. The Cerakote industrial finish resists abrasion, corrosion, and UV exposure, ensuring long-lasting performance in harsh environments. Each unit is uniquely serialised for full traceability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for universal compatibility with standard 2\" receiver hitches, installation is straightforward and requires no permanent modifications. The slider is optimised for use with soft shackles, providing a safer and more flexible recovery point. For those seeking custom finishes, Cerakote colour options are available to order, allowing for personalisation to match your build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRhino Metalwokz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet Aluminium Hitch Slider \/ Rear Recovery Point\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7075-T6 Aircraft-Grade Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Rated Load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.8 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum Breaking Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.8 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReceiver Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" receiver hitches (universal fit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCerakote industrial coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturing Origin\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSerialisation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV laser-engraved unique serial number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles is the Rhino Metalwokz Hitch Slider compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hitch slider is designed to fit any vehicle equipped with a standard 2\" receiver hitch, making it suitable for a wide range of 4x4s, pickups, and expedition vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use hard shackles with this hitch slider?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is recommended to use soft shackles exclusively with the integrated recovery point for optimal safety and to prevent damage to the slider or shackle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the angled design benefit off-road driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe angled bottom allows the slider to glide over rocks and obstacles, reducing the risk of the rear end catching or sustaining damage during technical off-road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Cerakote finish durable in harsh environments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Cerakote industrial coating provides excellent resistance to abrasion, corrosion, and UV exposure, ensuring the slider maintains its performance and appearance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I order a custom colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom Cerakote colour options are available on back order. Contact Rhino Metalwokz or refer to the Cerakote UK website for available finishes and ordering details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this hitch slider different from standard recovery points?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino Metalwokz slider combines rear-end protection with a central recovery point in a single, robust billet aluminium unit, offering both impact resistance and recovery capability in one product.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Metalwokz","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":51753048473942,"sku":null,"price":185.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"USMC Red","offer_id":51753048506710,"sku":null,"price":185.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hunter Orange","offer_id":51753048539478,"sku":null,"price":185.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"NRA Blue","offer_id":51753048572246,"sku":null,"price":185.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1.heic?v=1762194010"},{"product_id":"rhino-metalworkz-billet-aluminium-tie-down-2-pack","title":"Rhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down (2 Pack) – Premium Truck Bed Anchor Points","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down: Secure Load Anchoring for Trucks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down (2 Pack) is engineered for truck owners who demand reliable, robust anchoring solutions for their cargo. Manufactured by Rhino Metalworkz, these tie downs combine precision CNC machining with a durable cerakote finish, offering both strength and corrosion resistance for demanding environments. Designed to bolt directly to OEM tie down mounting points, they provide a premium upgrade for securing loads in your truck bed or for custom mounting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Billet Aluminium Tie Down Improves Cargo Security\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis tie down set is designed to deliver secure fastening points for your gear, tools, or expedition equipment. By replacing or supplementing factory tie downs, it helps reduce the risk of cargo shifting during transport—essential for off-road, trade, or adventure use. The CNC-machined billet aluminium construction ensures high strength, while the cerakote finish adds a layer of protection against the elements, making these tie downs suitable for harsh outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Use Cases and Vehicle Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for truck owners who regularly carry heavy loads, overland gear, or need flexible tie down options. These tie downs are especially useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecuring recovery equipment, toolboxes, or camping gear in the bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding anchor points for custom storage solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrading factory tie downs for improved durability and aesthetics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom mounting to T-track rails or other flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirmed OEM fitment includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Ranger Raptor (2022–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFord Ranger (2012–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a universal design, these tie downs can also be installed on other vehicles or surfaces by drilling new mounting holes or using T-track hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Rhino Metalworkz Billet Aluminium Tie Down\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision CNC machined for consistent strength and fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced cerakote finish enhances corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28mm x 143mm base footprint for stable mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with M10 mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible mounting slot (95–105mm between centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a pair in a presentation box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports both OEM and custom mounting applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach tie down is CNC machined from billet aluminium, ensuring a precise fit and high structural integrity. The cerakote finish provides a premium look while delivering long-lasting protection against corrosion, abrasion, and UV exposure. This combination makes the tie downs suitable for both daily use and demanding off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Customisation Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward for vehicles with compatible OEM tie down points—simply bolt the tie downs into place using M10 hardware. For custom applications, the mounting slot allows flexibility in positioning, and the tie downs can be fitted to T-track rails or any flat surface with suitable fasteners. Custom colour options are available via back order; refer to the manufacturer's colour guide for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRhino Metalworkz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet Aluminium Tie Down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Tie Downs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC Machined Billet Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCerakote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm x 143mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccepts M10 Bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Slot Centres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95–105mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor (2022–2025), Ford Ranger (2012–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCustom Mounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with T-track and universal applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are these tie downs designed to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are designed to bolt directly to OEM tie down points on Ford Ranger Raptor (2022–2025) and Ford Ranger (2012–2025). They can also be custom mounted to other vehicles or surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes two billet aluminium tie downs, supplied in a presentation box. Mounting hardware is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install these tie downs on other vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the universal design allows for custom installation on most flat surfaces or T-track rails using suitable hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre custom colours available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, custom cerakote colour options are available on back order. Refer to the manufacturer's colour guide for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits of billet aluminium and cerakote finish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBillet aluminium offers high strength and durability, while the cerakote finish provides superior corrosion resistance and a premium appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen mounted to OEM points, installation is fully reversible with no permanent modification to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rhino Metalwokz","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":51754689200470,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"USMC Red","offer_id":51754689233238,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hunter Orange","offer_id":51754689266006,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"NRA Blue","offer_id":51754689298774,"sku":null,"price":120.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/variant-orange.webp?v=1762202864"},{"product_id":"arb-slimline-100-12v-100ah-lithium-iron-phosphate-battery","title":"ARB Slimline 100 12V 100Ah Lithium Iron Phosphate Battery – Compact Auxiliary Power Solution","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Slimline 100: Compact Lithium Auxiliary Battery for Touring and Overlanding\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Slimline 100 12V 100Ah Lithium Iron Phosphate Battery is a purpose-built auxiliary power solution designed for modern 4x4, touring, and expedition vehicles. Leveraging advanced LiFePO4 technology, ARB delivers a high-capacity, lightweight battery engineered for demanding off-road and remote travel applications where space and reliability are critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Slimline 100 Battery Supports Vehicle Power Needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis slim-profile lithium battery is engineered to provide stable 12V power for a wide range of onboard equipment. Its 100Ah (1280Wh) capacity enables users to run essential gear such as portable fridges, lighting, communications, and even high-draw appliances like induction cookers or coffee machines via an inverter. The integrated 40A DC-DC charger and advanced battery management system (BMS) ensure safe, efficient charging from vehicle alternators (including smart alternators) or solar systems, making it ideal for extended off-grid use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Slimline 100 Excels: Space-Efficient Power for Modern Builds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional auxiliary batteries often require bulky mounting solutions that consume valuable cargo space. The ARB Slimline 100’s ultra-slim form factor (712 × 266 × 50 mm) allows installation in locations previously unsuitable for power storage, such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBehind rear seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInside canopy headboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnder drawer systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlong cargo area walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flexibility is especially valuable for touring vehicles, overlanding builds, camper conversions, and expedition rigs where every centimetre counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Slimline 100 Lithium Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUltra-slim, low-profile design for installation in tight spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100Ah lithium iron phosphate capacity for reliable, deep-cycle power\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated 40A DC-DC charger simplifies system wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdvanced BMS with protection against over-temperature, over-voltage, and short-circuit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh discharge capability: up to 200A for 20 minutes, 350A peak (5 seconds)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBluetooth connectivity for real-time monitoring via mobile app\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParallel expansion capability for larger power requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium Iron Phosphate (LiFePO4) Auxiliary Battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100Ah (1280Wh)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e712 × 266 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200A (20 minutes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePeak Discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350A (5 seconds)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContinuous Discharge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBuilt-in DC-DC Charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-20°C to +60°C (discharge range)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBluetooth Monitoring\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (via mobile app)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eParallel Expansion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Slimline 100 is designed for straightforward installation in a variety of vehicle locations. Its integrated DC-DC charger reduces the need for additional components and simplifies wiring. The battery is suitable for both new builds and upgrades to existing dual-battery systems, particularly where space is at a premium. Bluetooth connectivity allows users to monitor battery status and system health remotely, supporting confident power management on extended trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Power Challenges for Overland and Expedition Vehicles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemote travel demands reliable, high-capacity power without sacrificing storage or payload. Traditional lead-acid batteries are heavy, bulky, and often require frequent replacement. The ARB Slimline 100 addresses these issues with a lightweight, compact lithium solution that offers deeper discharge, longer cycle life, and real-time monitoring—helping users stay powered up and in control, wherever their journey leads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions: ARB Slimline 100 Lithium Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat equipment can the Slimline 100 power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery is suitable for running portable fridges, camp lighting, communications, laptops, cooking appliances, and other 12V or inverter-powered devices commonly used in touring and expedition setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can I install the Slimline 100 in my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its ultra-slim design, the battery can be mounted behind seats, under drawers, inside canopies, or along cargo walls—ideal for vehicles with limited space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the battery include a built-in charger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the integrated 40A DC-DC charger allows charging from vehicle alternators (including smart alternators) and solar systems, reducing installation complexity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it possible to expand the system for more capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple Slimline 100 batteries can be connected in parallel, enabling larger power systems for high-demand builds or extended off-grid travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I monitor battery health and performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery features Bluetooth connectivity and a dedicated mobile app for real-time monitoring of charge status, voltage, current, and system diagnostics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main advantages of LiFePO4 over traditional batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLithium iron phosphate batteries offer higher usable capacity, lighter weight, longer cycle life, improved charging efficiency, and greater discharge capability compared to lead-acid designs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51764337475926,"sku":"XEBSLB100A40","price":1202.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/slimline_1.webp?v=1762297018"},{"product_id":"arb-zero-dual-zone-bluetooth-fridge-freezer-69l","title":"ARB ZERO Dual-Zone 69L Bluetooth Fridge Freezer – Expedition-Grade Portable Refrigeration","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExpedition-Ready Dual-Zone Fridge Freezer for Overlanding and Touring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO Dual-Zone 69L Bluetooth Fridge Freezer is engineered for demanding overland, touring, and expedition scenarios where reliable cold storage is essential. Designed by ARB, a leader in off-road and adventure equipment, this premium portable fridge freezer delivers flexible cooling and freezing for extended journeys, remote campsites, and vehicle-based travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIndependent Dual-Zone Cooling for Flexible Food Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 69-litre model features two independently controlled compartments, allowing you to run a fridge and freezer simultaneously or convert both zones to the same function as needed. The main compartment offers approximately 45L of storage, while the secondary compartment provides 24L. A removable divider enables you to create a single large cooling space for bulk items or keep zones separate for maximum organisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach compartment can be set between -22°C and +10°C, supporting frozen food, fresh produce, and beverages in one integrated unit. This flexibility is ideal for long expeditions where both refrigeration and freezing are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB ZERO 69L Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO Dual-Zone 69L is designed for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverlanding and remote touring where resupply is limited\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4×4 vehicles, camper trailers, and caravans needing reliable food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarine, motorsport, or support vehicles requiring both fridge and freezer space\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition builds where ruggedness and flexible mounting are priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts dual-zone capability and robust construction make it especially valuable for extended trips, family adventures, or professional support roles where fresh and frozen supplies must be carried together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB ZERO Dual-Zone 69L Fridge Freezer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrue dual-zone operation: independent fridge and freezer compartments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWide temperature range: -22°C to +10°C for versatile food storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBluetooth app control: monitor and adjust settings remotely\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency variable speed compressor for rapid cooling and low energy use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlexible power: runs on 12V\/24V DC or 100–240V AC mains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated battery protection to prevent vehicle battery drain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReinforced steel cabinet and expedition-ready design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemovable baskets, anti-slip lid, and reversible quick-release lids for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUSB charging port and internal LED lighting for added camp utility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Technical Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB ZERO 69L is built for harsh environments, with a reinforced steel cabinet, anti-condensation technology, and removable internal baskets for organised storage. Quick-release, reversible lids and anti-slip inserts make it practical for use in vehicles or at camp. The high-efficiency compressor ensures consistent cooling performance, even in high ambient temperatures, while maintaining quiet operation suitable for sleeping areas or cabins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Power Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for easy integration into vehicle drawer systems, campers, or marine setups, the ZERO 69L offers both front and rear DC power inputs for flexible mounting. It operates on 12V or 24V DC vehicle power as well as 100–240V AC mains, making it suitable for both on-road and campsite use. Integrated battery protection circuitry helps safeguard your vehicle’s starting battery, and the average current draw is optimised for extended off-grid operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBluetooth connectivity enables full control and monitoring via the ARB ZERO app, so you can adjust settings or check temperatures without opening the lid and losing cold air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Zone Portable Fridge Freezer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain Compartment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecondary Compartment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 24L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-22°C to +10°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 × 469 × 564 mm (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/24V DC or 100–240V AC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAverage Current Draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 2.9Ah (12V)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetooth app control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCan Storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87 × 375ml cans (with divider), up to 108 cans (without divider)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Storage Problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional coolers rely on ice, which limits storage time and reduces usable space. The ARB ZERO Dual-Zone 69L Fridge Freezer eliminates the need for ice, providing consistent refrigeration and freezing for days or weeks. This ensures food safety, reduces resupply stops, and supports more ambitious journeys into remote areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the dual-zone feature work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach compartment can be set to a different temperature, allowing you to run both a fridge and freezer at the same time, or convert both to the same function as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power sources are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge runs on 12V or 24V DC vehicle power and 100–240V AC mains, making it suitable for vehicles, campsites, and home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much food or drink can it store?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the divider installed, it holds approximately 87 standard 375ml cans; without the divider, up to 108 cans can be stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the fridge suitable for harsh off-road conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the reinforced steel cabinet, anti-condensation technology, and rugged design make it ideal for off-road, marine, and expedition environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is temperature monitored and controlled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTemperature and settings can be monitored and adjusted via the ARB ZERO app using Bluetooth, or directly on the fridge’s digital control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it protect my vehicle battery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated battery protection prevents excessive drain, helping ensure your vehicle starts reliably after extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51792551772502,"sku":"XCF6910802693K","price":1531.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/variant-69L.webp?v=1762892420"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj79-series-4-5l-v8-single-dual2016-2025","title":"Manta VDJ79 Series Performance Exhaust Kit – Toyota Land Cruiser 4.5L V8 (2016–2025)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnlocking the Potential of Your VDJ79 Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is purpose-built for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single and Dual Cab (2016–2025). Designed to replace the restrictive factory exhaust, this system helps owners seeking more responsive power delivery, a richer exhaust note, and improved efficiency—whether for heavy-duty towing, remote touring, or demanding off-road use. Manta’s reputation for robust, stainless steel construction and precise fitment ensures this kit is a trusted upgrade for serious Land Cruiser builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust Kit Improves Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard exhaust on the VDJ79 Series is engineered for emissions and noise control, which can limit performance and responsiveness. The Manta kit addresses these limitations by reducing back pressure and optimising exhaust gas flow. This upgrade is especially valuable for drivers who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly tow heavy loads or operate in challenging off-road environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWant a more assertive exhaust sound and improved throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan further performance modifications (such as intake or ECU tuning)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a durable, corrosion-resistant solution for harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many owners, the result is a more engaging driving experience and a Land Cruiser that feels less restricted, particularly under load or during overtaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between DPF-Back and Turbo-Back Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta VDJ79 kit is available in two primary configurations, each with distinct benefits and considerations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDPF-Back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the exhaust system from the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) rearwards. This option is typically compliant with road regulations and does not require ECU changes. It offers a noticeable improvement in exhaust note and modest gains in responsiveness, making it suitable for daily-driven vehicles or those needing to retain emissions equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the entire exhaust system from the turbocharger outlet. This maximises exhaust flow and sound, but requires ECU recalibration to disable DPF-related functions. Turbo-back systems are intended for off-road or motorsport use only, as they may not comply with on-road emissions laws. This option is best for dedicated off-road builds or competition vehicles where maximum performance is the priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers should select the configuration that matches their intended use and local compliance requirements. If in doubt, consult a qualified installer or local authority before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for VDJ79 Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered specifically for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 (2016–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of DPF-back (road-oriented) or turbo-back (off-road\/race) setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple pipe diameters (3\" to 4\") to tailor exhaust flow and sound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for long-term durability and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports further performance upgrades and heavy-duty use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta exhaust systems are manufactured from high-grade stainless steel, ensuring resistance to rust and damage from mud, water crossings, and road debris. The robust design is intended for the harshest Australian and international conditions, making it a reliable choice for overland expeditions, commercial fleets, and enthusiast builds alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all required hardware for installation. While experienced owners may install a DPF-back system with standard tools, turbo-back configurations require ECU recalibration and are best handled by professionals familiar with performance diesel systems. Always verify local regulations regarding exhaust modifications—especially for turbo-back systems, which are not road legal in many regions. For UK buyers, pricing includes customs and VAT charges for a seamless purchase experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single\/Dual Cab (2016–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-back, Turbo-back (off-road\/race use only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" to 4\" (varies by selection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between DPF-back and turbo-back configurations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems are suitable for most road-driven vehicles and retain emissions compliance. Turbo-back systems maximise flow and sound but require ECU recalibration and are intended for off-road or motorsport use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust kit fit both single and dual cab VDJ79 models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is designed for both single and dual cab Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series (2016–2025).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat performance improvements can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users experience improved throttle response and a deeper exhaust note. Power and efficiency gains depend on configuration, supporting modifications, and driving style. For specific figures, consult your installer or tuner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs ECU tuning always required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eECU recalibration is only required for turbo-back systems to disable DPF functions. DPF-back systems typically do not need tuning, but may benefit from it for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced DIYers may install DPF-back systems with standard tools. Turbo-back installations and ECU recalibration should be performed by professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the exhaust road legal in my country?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegality varies by region and configuration. DPF-back systems are generally compliant, while turbo-back systems are for off-road\/race use only. Always check local laws before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844231510,"sku":"SSMKTY0192","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844264278,"sku":"SSMKTY0193","price":2299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844297046,"sku":"SSMKTY0124","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844329814,"sku":"SSMKTY0125","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844362582,"sku":"SSMKTY0126","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844428118,"sku":"SSMKTY0130","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844526422,"sku":"SSMKTY0194","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844559190,"sku":"SSMKTY0195","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844591958,"sku":"SSMKTY0127","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844624726,"sku":"SSMKTY0128","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844657494,"sku":"SSMKTY0129","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844723030,"sku":"SSMKTY0132","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844755798,"sku":"SSMKTY0133","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844821334,"sku":"SSMKTY0191","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844886870,"sku":"SSMKTY0123","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844985174,"sku":"SSMKTY0134","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/79_Product_Single_Dual_Cab_Image_1_2016-ON.png?v=1764779530"},{"product_id":"arb-skydome-double-swag","title":"ARB SkyDome Double Swag – Expedition Roof Tent for Touring Comfort","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB SkyDome Double Swag: Premium Expedition Roof Tent for Two\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB SkyDome Double Swag is engineered for off-road adventurers and touring enthusiasts seeking a comfortable, reliable, and quick-deploy sleeping solution. As part of ARB's renowned SkyDome range, this double swag offers generous space, robust weather protection, and practical features designed for the realities of remote travel. Whether you’re setting up base on a rugged trail or touring the countryside, the SkyDome Double Swag delivers the comfort and durability demanded by serious 4WDers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB SkyDome Double Swag Enhances Your Expedition Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ARB roof tent provides a freestanding, spacious shelter that eliminates the cramped feeling common in traditional swags. Its industry-leading height from head to hip allows two occupants to move freely and store gear inside, making it ideal for extended trips where comfort and practicality are essential. The large mesh panels and improved cross-flow ventilation help maintain airflow and reduce condensation, ensuring a cooler, drier environment even during warm or humid nights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB SkyDome Double Swag Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SkyDome Double Swag is designed for use on flat ground, in the back of a ute, or paired with roof racks and expedition setups. Its waterproof canvas and PVC base keep you dry in heavy rain, while the integrated mattress and insect-proof mesh make it suitable for a wide range of environments—from remote bush camps to established touring sites. This swag is especially useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4WD touring and overlanding\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition builds requiring quick, reliable shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWeekend camping with rapid setup and pack-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdventurers needing a double sleeping solution with extra headroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB SkyDome Double Swag\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpacious double configuration for two adults\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreestanding design—no pegs or guy ropes needed on flat surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e75mm high-density corrugated foam mattress for superior comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge mesh areas and improved ventilation to minimise condensation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable 500gsm water and rot proofed canvas for long-term reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e970gsm PVC base with high return tub for maximum water ingress protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated storage pockets for torches, lamps, and keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional Boot Swag accessory for keeping gear dry (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB SkyDome Double Swag is constructed from heavy-duty, water and rot proofed canvas paired with a robust PVC base. The 75mm foam mattress ensures a comfortable night's sleep, while ultrafine nylon mesh doors provide insect protection and panoramic sky views. Every detail is engineered for durability and comfort in demanding expedition conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the SkyDome Double Swag is straightforward, thanks to its freestanding architecture. On flat surfaces, no pegs or guy ropes are required, making it ideal for rapid deployment at the end of a long day on the trail. When packing down, the swag rolls compactly for easy transport. The rolled size allows it to fit in most 4WD cargo areas or on roof racks. Maintenance is minimal—simply air out after use and store dry to preserve the canvas and mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Swag \/ Roof Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions (Setup)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2150mm (L) x 1400mm (W) x 800mm (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRolled Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm x 450mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm high-density corrugated foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970gsm PVC with 75mm high return tub\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCanvas\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500gsm water and rot proofed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many people can the ARB SkyDome Double Swag accommodate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is designed for two adults, offering generous internal space for comfortable sleeping and gear storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the SkyDome Double Swag suitable for use on a roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe swag is primarily designed for ground or ute-bed use but can be transported on a roof rack when rolled. Always check your vehicle and rack weight limits before mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow weatherproof is the ARB SkyDome Double Swag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt features a 500gsm water and rot proofed canvas and a 970gsm PVC base with a high return tub, offering excellent protection against rain and ground moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the swag require pegs or guy ropes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn flat, stable surfaces, the freestanding design means no pegs or guy ropes are needed. For added security in windy conditions, pegs can be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the setup and pack-down time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users can set up or pack down the SkyDome Double Swag in just a few minutes, making it ideal for touring and frequent camp moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add accessories to the SkyDome Double Swag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, ARB offers optional accessories such as the Boot Swag for additional gear storage and protection from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922273370454,"sku":"XCTSSDS200","price":483.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Swag_7.png?v=1763752735"},{"product_id":"arb-brushless-compressor-12v","title":"ARB CKBLTA12 Brushless Twin On-Board Compressor 12V – High-Output Recovery Air System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB CKBLTA12 Brushless Twin Compressor: Next-Generation On-Board Air System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB CKBLTA12 Brushless Twin On-Board Compressor 12V is ARB’s flagship solution for off-road, expedition, and performance 4x4 builds demanding the highest levels of onboard air. Engineered with advanced brushless motor technology, this compressor delivers exceptional airflow, efficiency, and durability for serious recovery and pneumatic accessory needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Brushless Twin Compressor Improves Your Vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis compressor is designed to rapidly inflate large off-road tyres, power ARB Air Locker differentials, and supply air to a range of pneumatic tools and accessories. Its brushless twin-motor design provides approximately 50% more airflow than ARB’s previous twin compressor, making it ideal for vehicles running oversized tyres or requiring frequent air system use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy eliminating mechanical brushes, the brushless architecture reduces internal wear, lowers maintenance requirements, and enhances long-term reliability—especially important for vehicles operating in harsh, demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Brushless Compressor Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis compressor is best suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition and overland vehicles with large tyres (35–40 inch)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-performance 4x4 builds needing rapid tyre inflation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicles equipped with ARB Air Lockers or multiple pneumatic accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring rigs requiring dependable onboard air for extended journeys\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners who prioritise maximum airflow, efficiency, and long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts high-output capability ensures faster inflation times and supports simultaneous operation of air lockers and other air-driven equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB CKBLTA12 Brushless Compressor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 50% greater airflow than previous ARB twin compressors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrushless twin-motor design for higher efficiency and reduced wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eActive cooling system with integrated fans for prolonged operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThermally protected motors for enhanced safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated air filtration and pressure switch control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for permanent vehicle-mounted installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports tyre inflation, ARB Air Lockers, and pneumatic accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for demanding off-road and expedition use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKBLTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V (11.5–15 V operating range)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin brushless electric motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Airflow (No Load)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 L\/min (9.18 CFM)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow @ 200 kPa\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e176 L\/min (6.2 CFM)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent Draw (Load)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Current Capability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 90 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 7.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength: 368 mm, Width: 338 mm, Height: 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent vehicle mount (engine bay, cargo drawer, canopy, or dedicated bracket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB CKBLTA12 is designed for permanent installation in a wide range of 4x4 vehicles. Typical mounting locations include the engine bay, cargo drawer systems, canopies, or dedicated compressor brackets. Due to its high current draw, it is recommended for vehicles with robust electrical systems—ideally with dual batteries or upgraded alternators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVehicle-specific mounting kits are available for popular platforms, ensuring secure and reliable fitment. The compressor integrates with ARB Air Locker systems and can be paired with manifold kits for multi-accessory operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving: Why Upgrade to the ARB Brushless Twin Compressor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road vehicles with large tyres or frequent air system use often struggle with slow inflation times and compressor wear. The ARB CKBLTA12 addresses these issues by delivering rapid airflow and reducing maintenance needs, ensuring you spend less time airing up and more time on the trail. Its brushless design and active cooling make it a reliable choice for demanding environments, giving expedition and performance builds the confidence of dependable onboard air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the brushless twin compressor differ from ARB’s brushed twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless model offers approximately 50% more airflow, higher efficiency, and reduced internal wear, resulting in faster inflation and longer service life compared with the brushed version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are best suited for the ARB CKBLTA12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis compressor is ideal for heavily modified 4x4s, expedition vehicles, and builds running large tyres or multiple pneumatic accessories, especially where rapid inflation and frequent use are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the compressor operate ARB Air Lockers and inflate tyres simultaneously?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, when paired with the appropriate manifold kit, the CKBLTA12 can operate multiple air lockers while still providing ample airflow for tyre inflation and other accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat installation considerations should I be aware of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to its high current draw (~80 A), ensure your vehicle’s electrical system is capable of supporting the compressor. Permanent mounting is recommended, with vehicle-specific brackets available for many platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs maintenance required for the brushless compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless design eliminates the need to replace motor brushes, reducing maintenance compared with traditional compressors. Routine checks of air filtration and electrical connections are still recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the compressor perform in extreme conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CKBLTA12 is engineered for harsh off-road environments, featuring active cooling, thermal protection, and robust construction to ensure reliable operation under heavy loads and high temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922398806358,"sku":"XAACCKBLTA12","price":622.81,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Brushless1.png?v=1763754341"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB Old Man Emu BP-51 300kg Constant 40mm Lift Suspension Kit – Ford Ranger Mk8 (2023 Onwards) Suspension Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Old Man Emu BP-51 Suspension Kit for Ford Ranger Mk8 (2023 Onwards)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Suspension Kit Does for Your Ford Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Old Man Emu BP-51 300kg Constant 40mm Lift Suspension Kit is engineered to transform the ride, handling, and load-carrying ability of your Ford Ranger Mk8 (2023 onwards). Designed for demanding touring, off-road, and heavy-duty applications, this kit delivers improved control, comfort, and stability both on and off the tarmac. The BP-51 system features advanced internal bypass technology and full adjustability, allowing you to tailor suspension performance to your vehicle's load and the terrain ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory suspension often struggles with heavy loads, rough tracks, and variable driving conditions, leading to reduced comfort, stability, and control. The BP-51 kit addresses these issues by providing increased lift, enhanced damping, and superior heat dissipation, ensuring your Ranger remains composed whether towing, carrying gear, or traversing challenging terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Suspension Upgrade Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for Ranger owners who regularly carry additional weight—such as touring setups, work equipment, or recovery gear—requiring consistent support and predictable handling. The 40mm lift and 300kg constant load rating make it suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSerious off-road expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-distance touring with heavy payloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork vehicles with constant rear loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers seeking improved on-road comfort and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the BP-51 Suspension Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully adjustable compression and rebound damping for tailored ride quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePosition-sensitive internal bypass technology for comfort and control across all conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e40mm lift for increased ground clearance and improved approach\/departure angles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for 300kg constant rear load—ideal for touring and work setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuperior heat dissipation and corrosion resistance from 6061 anodised aluminium shock bodies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBolt-in, vehicle-specific design for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProven reliability through extensive dyno, real-world, and destructive testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBP-51 Suspension System Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all major components required for a comprehensive suspension upgrade:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFront coils\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 x Front BP-51 shock absorbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 x Rear leaf springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 x Rear BP-51 shock absorbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreasable shackle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 x Bush kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 x U-bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBump stop adapter kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery component is engineered to work in harmony, maximising the performance and durability of your Ranger’s suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Technical Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach BP-51 shock absorber is built from 51mm bore, 6061 grade anodised aluminium for optimal heat dissipation and corrosion resistance. The system uses position-sensitive damping, increasing control at suspension extremes while maintaining comfort at normal ride height. All parts are designed and manufactured in-house by ARB, ensuring precise fitment and long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP-51 kit is a bolt-in, vehicle-specific upgrade—no fabrication or permanent modifications are required. External, independent rebound and compression adjustment allows you to fine-tune the suspension to suit changing loads or driving environments. Professional installation is recommended for best results, particularly to ensure correct setup and alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuspension Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOld Man Emu BP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 (2023 Onwards)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLift Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear Load Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300kg Constant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShock Body Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6061 Anodised Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShock Bore Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal, independent rebound and compression\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront coils, 2 x front shocks, 2 x rear leaf springs, 2 x rear shocks, greasable shackle, 2 x bush kits, 4 x U-bolts, driveline spacer kit, bump stop adapter kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this BP-51 kit suitable for my Ford Ranger Mk8 with constant rear loads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this kit is specifically designed for the Ford Ranger Mk8 (2023 onwards) and is rated for vehicles carrying a consistent 300kg rear load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes BP-51 shocks different from standard suspension upgrades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBP-51 shocks feature position-sensitive internal bypass technology and full external adjustability, providing superior comfort, control, and adaptability compared to conventional shock absorbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself, or is professional installation required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed as a bolt-in upgrade, but professional installation is recommended to ensure optimal setup, alignment, and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this suspension kit affect my vehicle’s on-road handling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BP-51 system is engineered to enhance both off-road capability and on-road comfort, delivering improved ride quality and stability in all conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the lift height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit provides a fixed 40mm lift; however, the shock absorbers allow you to adjust damping characteristics to suit your load and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance is required for the BP-51 suspension system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoutine inspection and cleaning are recommended, especially after off-road use. The system is designed for durability, but periodic checks will ensure long-term performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922472304982,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA8DK","price":3748.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"arb-premium-recovery-kit","title":"ARB Premium Recovery Kit – 4x4 Off-Road \u0026 Expedition Recovery System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eComprehensive ARB Recovery Kit for Demanding Off-Road Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Premium Recovery Kit is engineered for serious off-roaders, expedition travellers, and touring enthusiasts who require a reliable, all-in-one recovery solution. Developed by ARB, a leader in 4x4 equipment, this kit brings together the essential tools for safe, effective vehicle recovery in remote or challenging environments. Whether you drive a Ford Ranger, Next-Gen 4WD, or any typical off-road vehicle, this kit is designed to support confident self-recovery when it matters most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ARB Premium Recovery Kit Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit equips you to handle a full range of recovery scenarios, from kinetic snatch recoveries in mud or sand to controlled winch operations in rocky or forested terrain. Each component is selected for its strength, reliability, and compatibility with modern 4x4 builds. The ARB Premium Recovery Kit helps you avoid the risk of being stranded, allowing you to tackle remote tracks and unpredictable conditions with peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Kit Excels: Application and Buyer Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Premium Recovery Kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners of Ford Ranger, Next-Gen, and similar 4x4 vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition and overland builds needing self-recovery capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring vehicles operating far from support services\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWinch-equipped 4WDs requiring both kinetic and winch recovery options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers who want a single, organised kit rather than piecemeal gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly travel in areas where recovery services are limited, or you demand a kit that covers both snatch and winch scenarios, this ARB system is a practical investment in safety and preparedness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Kit Over Other Recovery Options?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike basic recovery kits, the ARB Premium Recovery Kit stands out by combining high-rated, ARB-tested components into a single, structured system. The inclusion of a snatch block, winch extension strap, and tree trunk protector means you can tackle complex recoveries—such as angled winching or anchoring to trees—without needing to source extra gear. The heavy-duty storage bag keeps everything accessible and protected, reducing the risk of lost or damaged components. For buyers comparing ARB kits, this Premium version offers a more complete solution for those who want to be ready for any scenario, not just the basics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Off-Road and Expedition Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAll-in-one kit covers both kinetic and winch recovery methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComponents rated for most 4WDs, including Ford Ranger and Next-Gen platforms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty bag with labelled compartments for rapid deployment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafety-focused: includes damper, gloves, and reinforced shackles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces uncertainty—no need to assemble your own kit or worry about missing gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium Recovery Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSnatch Strap Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTree Trunk Protector Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWinch Extension Strap Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSnatch Block Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBow Shackles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 4.75 t galvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty 600gsm outer shell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecovery damper, gloves, labelled storage bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll components are stored in a dedicated, reinforced recovery bag with labelled compartments for quick access. The kit is designed for use with most 4WD vehicles within the rated load limits. Always follow ARB and vehicle manufacturer recovery guidelines, and ensure your recovery points are rated for the intended load. For maximum safety, proper training in recovery techniques is recommended. This kit is compatible with most aftermarket and OEM recovery points found on Ford Ranger and similar vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGetting stuck in remote or tough terrain is a genuine risk for off-roaders. Without the right gear, recovery can be slow, unsafe, or even impossible. The ARB Premium Recovery Kit solves this by providing a complete, ARB-engineered system—helping you recover safely and continue your journey, whether you're deep in the outback or tackling local trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this ARB kit different from standard recovery kits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Premium Kit includes advanced components such as a snatch block and winch extension strap, supporting more complex recoveries and offering greater versatility than basic kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit suitable for Ford Ranger and Next-Gen 4WDs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is rated for most common 4x4 vehicles, including Ford Ranger and similar platforms, when used within the specified load limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this kit with both snatch and winch recoveries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The kit includes straps and hardware for both kinetic snatch and winch-based recoveries, making it suitable for a wide range of recovery scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow durable is the storage bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag features a heavy-duty 600gsm outer shell, reinforced handles, and labelled compartments, designed for harsh off-road conditions and regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need additional equipment to perform a recovery?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit covers most standard recovery needs. However, always ensure your vehicle has rated recovery points and consider additional accessories like a shovel or tyre deflators for specific situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs training required to use this kit safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the kit is designed for straightforward use, proper recovery training is strongly recommended to ensure safe and effective operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922552095062,"sku":"XRRRK9A","price":422.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PremiumRecovery5.png?v=1763754263"},{"product_id":"arb-pinnacle-camp-chair","title":"ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair – Heavy-Duty Folding Outdoor Chair","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Outdoor Seating from ARB\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair is engineered for those who demand comfort and durability in their camping and touring equipment. Designed by ARB, a trusted name in off-road and expedition gear, this folding camp chair delivers a robust seating solution for overlanding, extended touring, and outdoor adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair Offers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis chair provides a stable, comfortable seat wherever your travels take you. Built with a powder-coated steel frame and reinforced 600D polyester fabric, it is designed to withstand the rigours of frequent use in harsh outdoor environments. Padded seating and a supportive backrest ensure comfort during long evenings by the campfire or at outdoor events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Chair Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverland expeditions and touring setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBase camp seating on remote trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOutdoor cooking and social areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotorsport events and track days\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecreation, festivals, and family camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts heavy-duty construction makes it particularly suited for those who need reliable, comfortable seating that stands up to repeated packing, transport, and use in demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePadded seat and backrest for long-term comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel frame for strength and stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable 600D polyester with 420D ripstop reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated organiser panel and cup holder for convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRear mesh pocket for additional storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick-release folding mechanism for easy pack-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty carry bag included for protection and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pinnacle Camp Chair uses a combination of robust materials to ensure longevity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFrame: Powder-coated steel for corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFabric: 600D polyester with 420D ripstop panels to resist wear and tearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePadded seat and backrest for enhanced comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty polyester carry bag with webbing straps and padded shoulder section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese materials are chosen for their proven performance in outdoor and expedition equipment, supporting regular use in challenging environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Storage and Quick Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated storage features keep essentials within reach, including a side organiser panel for small items, an integrated cup holder, and a rear mesh pocket for extra gear. The quick-release folding mechanism allows the chair to collapse rapidly, making it easy to stow in your vehicle or camp storage system. The included carry bag protects the chair during transport and storage, helping keep your gear organised and ready for the next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Outdoor Problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard folding chairs often fail in demanding conditions, with fabric tearing or frames bending under load. The ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair addresses these issues with reinforced fabrics, a robust frame, and thoughtful storage features. This ensures you have a reliable, comfortable seat wherever your journey leads, whether you're setting up camp after a long day on the trail or relaxing at an event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding Camp Chair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFabric\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600D polyester with 420D ripstop reinforcement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide organiser panel, integrated cup holder, rear mesh pocket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry Bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty 600D polyester with padded shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetup is straightforward: unfold the chair and lock it in place. The quick-release mechanism allows for rapid pack-down, and the chair fits easily into the supplied carry bag. No tools are required for assembly or folding. The chair is designed to remain stable on uneven terrain, making it suitable for use on dirt, gravel, or grass campsites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much weight can the ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair is rated to support up to 150 kg, making it suitable for a wide range of users and gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the chair suitable for extended outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the reinforced frame and ripstop fabrics are designed for regular use in challenging outdoor environments, including touring and expedition travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat storage features are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair features a side organiser panel for small items, an integrated cup holder, and a rear mesh pocket for additional storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is the chair when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair folds quickly using the rear quick-release mechanism and fits into the included heavy-duty carry bag for easy transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the chair require assembly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo assembly is required. The chair is ready to use out of the bag—simply unfold and lock in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the ARB Pinnacle Camp Chair different from standard camping chairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is engineered for durability, comfort, and practical storage, using materials and construction methods proven in expedition and off-road environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922614354262,"sku":"XCT10500161","price":105.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Pinnacle2.png?v=1763754853"},{"product_id":"arb-seat-organiser","title":"ARB Seat Organiser – Vehicle Seat-Back Storage System","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePLEASE NOTE, THIS PRODUCT IS CURRENTLY OUT OF STOCK AND THIS IS A PRE-ORDER. THE SEAT-ORGANISER IS EXPECTING TO BE DISPATCHED 29\/05\/2026.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eARB Seat Organiser: Transforming Vehicle Interior Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Seat Organiser is a premium seat-back storage solution designed for 4x4, touring, and expedition vehicles. Developed by ARB, a leading name in off-road and adventure accessories, this organiser maximises unused seat space to keep essential gear accessible, secure, and neatly arranged during any journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Seat Organiser Improves Interior Organisation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern vehicles often lack convenient storage for small but essential items. The ARB Seat Organiser addresses this by converting the back of your seat into a structured storage platform. With multiple compartments and pockets, it helps prevent clutter, keeps gear within easy reach, and reduces time spent searching for equipment while on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis organiser is especially useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4x4 expedition and touring vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverland builds and daily-driven utility trucks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFamily road trips and camping setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork vehicles needing rapid access to tools and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Use Cases for Off-Road and Everyday Driving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're heading off-road, embarking on a long-distance overland trip, or simply need extra storage for daily driving, the ARB Seat Organiser offers a flexible solution. It is ideal for drivers who want to increase interior organisation without installing permanent drawer systems or sacrificing cargo space. The organiser keeps frequently used items—such as radios, gloves, cables, flashlights, and snacks—secure and accessible, even on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Seat Organiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransforms unused seat-back space into organised storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNine individual compartments for structured gear management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour padded zippered pockets for delicate items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree exterior pockets, mesh pocket, and lined bottle holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated Velcro panels for attaching patches or accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTablet strap for securing folding-cover devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced rear panel with metal bars for stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty straps and buckles for quick, secure installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes two ARB-branded patches for customisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Construction for Demanding Environments\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEngineered for off-road and touring use, the ARB Seat Organiser features a reinforced rear panel with internal metal bars to maintain shape under load. Heavy-duty mounting straps and quick-release buckles ensure the organiser stays securely attached, even during rough driving. Padded pockets protect delicate electronics or tools, while robust materials withstand the rigours of expedition travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Seat Organiser is designed for universal fitment on most vehicle seats. Adjustable straps and reinforced mounting points allow for quick, tool-free installation and easy transfer between vehicles. The 25.5 cm strap opening accommodates a wide range of seat designs, making it suitable for 4x4s, utes, SUVs, and many other vehicle types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, mount the organiser behind the driver or passenger seat. No permanent modifications are required, and the organiser can be removed or repositioned as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeat-Back Storage Organiser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Compartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNine (including four padded zippered pockets, three exterior pockets, mesh pocket, and bottle holder)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCustomisation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree Velcro panels, two ARB-branded patches included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable straps, quick-release buckles, reinforced mounting points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTablet Storage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop pocket with secure strap for folding-cover devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior gear organisation for touring, off-road, and daily vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the ARB Seat Organiser attach to my vehicle seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe organiser uses adjustable straps and quick-release buckles to secure to the back of most vehicle seats. No tools are required, and installation takes only a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the organiser compatible with all vehicle types?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Seat Organiser is designed for universal fitment and works with most 4x4s, utes, SUVs, and passenger vehicles with standard seat-back designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I store in the organiser?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe organiser is suitable for storing tools, electronics, charging cables, gloves, recovery gear, snacks, and personal items. The padded pockets help protect delicate devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customise the organiser with additional accessories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the integrated Velcro panels allow you to attach morale patches, utility pouches, or first-aid items. Two ARB-branded patches are included to get you started.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the organiser easy to remove or transfer between vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The quick-release buckles and adjustable straps make it simple to remove the organiser and install it in another vehicle as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the organiser interfere with rear seat passengers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe organiser is designed to sit flat against the seat-back and should not impede passenger comfort or legroom when installed correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51941031149910,"sku":"XCLBARB10100400","price":97.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SeatOrg1.png?v=1763976302"},{"product_id":"arb-on-board-brushed-twin-air-compressor-12v","title":"ARB CKMTA12 On-Board Brushed Twin Air Compressor 12V – High-Output 4x4 Recovery Air System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB CKMTA12 Brushed Twin Air Compressor – Premium On-Board Air Solution\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB CKMTA12 On-Board Brushed Twin Air Compressor 12V is engineered for demanding off-road, expedition, and 4x4 builds requiring rapid tyre inflation, reliable operation of ARB Air Lockers, and support for pneumatic tools. Designed by ARB, a leader in off-road recovery equipment, this compressor delivers class-leading airflow and durability in a compact, permanently mounted package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Twin Compressor Supports Your Vehicle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis compressor provides a powerful, high-volume air source directly from your vehicle, allowing you to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInflate small, medium, and large off-road tyres rapidly after deflation for traction or sand driving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOperate ARB Air Locker differentials for improved off-road capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower air tools (when paired with an air tank) for field repairs or workshop tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts twin motor design ensures consistent, high-output airflow, making it suitable for vehicles running larger tyres, beadlocks, or those frequently venturing into remote or rugged environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB CKMTA12 Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB CKMTA12 is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOverland and expedition vehicles needing reliable onboard air\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road builds with 35–40 inch tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicles equipped with ARB Air Lockers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4x4 touring setups requiring fast, repeatable tyre inflation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMobile workshop applications demanding consistent pneumatic power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re tackling remote tracks, rocky trails, or desert crossings, this compressor is widely used in serious off-road builds worldwide for its reliability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Brushed Twin Compressor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtremely fast tyre inflation for all off-road tyre sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect integration with ARB Air Locker systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports air tools up to 85 L\/min (3 CFM) at 90 PSI\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact, vehicle-mounted design saves space and time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully sealed motors and IP55 cooling fan for durability in harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-anodised cylinder bores and PTFE-impregnated piston seals for long service life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnti-vibration mounting and sound dampening for quiet operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for the rigours of off-road use, the ARB CKMTA12 features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-anodised cylinder bores to minimise wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePTFE-impregnated carbon fibre piston seals for extended lifespan\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully sealed twin brushed motors for dust and moisture resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIP55 sealed cooling fan for continuous operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOver-pressure safety valve for system protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBall bearing motor construction for reduced heat and improved efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese engineering details ensure the compressor withstands continuous use in extreme environments, making it a trusted choice for off-road professionals and enthusiasts alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB CKMTA12 is designed for permanent installation in 12V vehicles. Common mounting locations include the engine bay, under-seat brackets, drawer systems, or dedicated compressor mounts. The kit includes a comprehensive wiring loom, dashboard switch, relocatable splash-resistant air filters, and all necessary mounting hardware. Vehicle-specific mounting kits are available for many popular 4x4 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe relocatable air filters allow intake air to be drawn from cleaner areas, extending compressor service life. The system is pressure switch regulated between 135–150 PSI and draws a maximum of 56A, so ensure your electrical system is capable of supporting this load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCKMTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Airflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e174 L\/min (6.16 CFM)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure Regulation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135–150 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Current Draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin brushed motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDuty Cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 100% under room temperature conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP55 sealed brushless fan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompressor Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn-board twin motor system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal for 12V vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Off-Road Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and expedition vehicles face the constant challenge of tyre pressure management and the need for reliable pneumatic systems in remote areas. The ARB CKMTA12 solves this by providing rapid, repeatable air delivery for tyres and lockers, reducing downtime and increasing confidence when venturing far from support. Its robust design ensures it keeps working in dust, mud, and water, supporting your vehicle’s capability in the harshest conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles can the ARB CKMTA12 be installed in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CKMTA12 is designed for universal fitment in 12V vehicles, including 4x4s, trucks, and expedition builds. Vehicle-specific mounting kits are available for popular platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this compressor power air tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the CKMTA12 can operate air tools rated up to 85 L\/min (3 CFM) at 90 PSI continuously, especially when paired with an air tank for higher demand applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the ARB CKMTA12 suitable for large tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. Its high airflow output makes it ideal for inflating 35–40 inch tyres quickly, making it popular with off-road and overland vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compressor integrate with ARB Air Lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CKMTA12 includes wiring and solenoid plug-in terminals for direct integration with ARB Air Locker differential systems, allowing reliable operation of single or multiple lockers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the compressor require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoutine maintenance involves checking and cleaning the washable air filters and ensuring electrical connections remain secure. The unit is designed for long service life with minimal upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the ARB brushless twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushed twin offers excellent performance and value for most builds, while the brushless version provides higher airflow and efficiency at a higher price point, suited for extreme or frequent use cases.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942667157846,"sku":"XAACCKMTA12","price":450.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Compressor1.png?v=1763987620"},{"product_id":"arb-compressor-manifold-kit","title":"ARB Compressor Manifold Kit – Central Air Distribution for ARB Recovery Systems","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Compressor Manifold Kit Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Compressor Manifold Kit is a purpose-built solution for off-road and expedition vehicles running ARB onboard air compressors. Designed by ARB, a leader in recovery and 4x4 equipment, this manifold kit provides a centralised air distribution point, allowing your compressor to power multiple pneumatic accessories—including Air Locker solenoids, tyre inflation systems, and air tools—through a single, organised system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Compressor Manifold Kit Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost onboard compressors are limited by a single air outlet, making it challenging to operate several accessories simultaneously. The ARB Compressor Manifold Kit solves this by converting the compressor's single output into a multi-port air block. This enables you to connect and control multiple air-powered components without the need for complex hose routing or additional splitters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications and Use Cases for Off-Road Builds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis manifold kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4x4 vehicles equipped with ARB Air Lockers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition builds requiring onboard air for tyres and tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road vehicles needing reliable tyre inflation and air accessory support\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUtility vehicles running pneumatic equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy centralising air management, the kit streamlines installation and simplifies servicing, making it a valuable upgrade for any ARB compressor system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Compressor Manifold Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows simultaneous operation of lockers, tyre inflation, and air tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces clutter and complexity in air system plumbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports high-pressure operation up to 150 PSI (10 bar)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes a high-temperature PTFE stainless-steel braided hose for reliable air delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDedicated mounting bracket ensures secure installation and minimises vibration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Components and Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Compressor Manifold Kit includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManifold body with integrated mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × 1\/8\" BSPP ports for Air Locker solenoids\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × 1\/4\" NPT ports for compressor input and air accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature stainless-steel braided PTFE hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJIC-to-NPT adapter fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMounting bolts and nyloc nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll components are engineered for durability and compatibility with ARB’s high-output compressor systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and System Integration Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manifold is designed for straightforward integration with ARB onboard compressors, including the ARB Twin Motor and Brushless Twin Motor models. It typically mounts within the engine bay or dedicated air system location, connecting directly to the compressor outlet via the supplied braided hose. The multi-port design allows for clean, organised connections to Air Locker solenoids, tyre inflation hoses, air tanks, and pneumatic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best results, install the manifold as the central hub between your compressor and all downstream air accessories. This layout improves system reliability and makes future upgrades or servicing easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor Manifold Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Compressors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB On-Board Compressors (including Twin Motor and Brushless Twin Motor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 150 PSI (10 bar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePort Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 1\/8\" BSPP, 2 × 1\/4\" NPT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-temperature PTFE stainless-steel braided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and expedition vehicles often need to operate multiple air-powered accessories from a single compressor. Without a dedicated manifold, installers are forced to use splitters and additional fittings, leading to cluttered engine bays, increased leak risk, and challenging troubleshooting. The ARB Compressor Manifold Kit addresses this by providing a robust, centralised air distribution solution that supports reliable operation in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat compressors are compatible with the ARB Compressor Manifold Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for use with ARB onboard compressors, including the Twin Motor and Brushless Twin Motor models commonly found in off-road and expedition vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this manifold to operate both Air Lockers and tyre inflation systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the multi-port design allows you to connect Air Locker solenoids, tyre inflation hoses, and other air accessories simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation straightforward for DIY users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all necessary fittings, mounting hardware, and a high-temperature hose. Basic mechanical skills and standard tools are sufficient for most installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the manifold support high-pressure operation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is rated for use up to 150 PSI (10 bar), matching the output of ARB’s high-performance compressors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits of using a manifold versus direct connections?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA manifold provides organised plumbing, reduces stress on compressor fittings, simplifies servicing, and allows for easier expansion of your air system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat else might I need for a complete onboard air setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsider adding ARB Tyre Inflation Hose Kits, Air Tanks, or additional air accessories to fully utilise your compressor system’s capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942691635542,"sku":"XAA171503","price":78.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Manifold1.png?v=1763987848"},{"product_id":"arb-universal-compressor-mounting-bracket","title":"ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket – Flexible Vehicle Air System Installation","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket is engineered to provide a secure, adaptable solution for installing ARB air compressors and related air system components in a wide range of vehicles. Designed by ARB, a leader in 4x4 accessories, this bracket is ideal for off-road, expedition, and custom vehicle builds where vehicle-specific mounting options are unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracket serves as a robust platform for mounting ARB air compressors, supporting reliable operation even in demanding environments. It is compatible with several ARB compressor models, including the CKSA12, CKMA12, and CKMTA12, as well as air tanks and select ARB accessories. The universal design allows installers to position compressors in engine bays, load beds, drawer systems, or interior cargo areas, offering maximum flexibility for custom configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere and When to Use This Mounting Bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket is particularly useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustom 4x4 and overland vehicle builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrucks and service vehicles requiring onboard air\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition rigs with complex air systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicles where dedicated compressor mounts are unavailable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor builds running air lockers, tyre inflation systems, or pneumatic tools, a secure mounting solution is essential for system longevity and consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Vehicle Builders and Off-Roaders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniversal fitment for multiple ARB compressor models\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows installation in a variety of vehicle locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports integration of ARB air system accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces vibration and mounting stress on compressors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproves installation reliability and simplifies air line routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for harsh off-road and expedition conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to ARB’s high engineering standards, this mounting bracket is designed to withstand continuous vibration, high temperatures, and exposure to dust, mud, and water. It provides a stable foundation that prevents unnecessary stress on the compressor body and fittings, promoting long-term reliability in off-road environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Application Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket’s universal design eliminates the need for extensive fabrication, making it suitable for installers seeking flexibility in compressor placement. Common mounting locations include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngine bays for easy access and integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCanopy, tray, or drawer systems in overland builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInterior mounting with MOLLE panels or custom storage solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProper mounting ensures optimal compressor alignment, reduces vibration, and simplifies air system layout. Always follow ARB installation guidelines for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Compressor Mounting Bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Compressors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB CKSA12, CKMA12, CKMTA12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir tanks, Air Locker solenoids, quick-connect couplings, pressure switches, manifold kits, LINX pressure relief valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal mounting for ARB onboard air systems in various vehicle locations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich ARB compressors are compatible with this bracket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket is designed for the ARB CKSA12, CKMA12, and CKMTA12 compressors, as well as supporting select ARB air system accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere can I install the ARB Universal Compressor Mounting Bracket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be mounted in engine bays, load beds, drawer systems, interior cargo areas, or on custom mounting plates, depending on your vehicle and build requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this bracket require vehicle-specific modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the universal design allows for flexible installation without the need for dedicated vehicle-specific brackets or extensive fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this bracket with ARB air lockers and other air system components?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it supports integration with ARB air lockers, solenoids, quick-connect couplings, and other air system accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the bracket suitable for harsh off-road conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is engineered to withstand vibration, heat, dust, mud, and water exposure, making it ideal for off-road and expedition use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy should I use a dedicated compressor mounting bracket instead of a custom solution?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA purpose-built bracket ensures proper compressor alignment, reduces vibration, improves reliability, and simplifies installation compared to improvised mounting methods.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942741246294,"sku":"XAAX3501010","price":117.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Bracket1.png?v=1763988036"},{"product_id":"salt-shift-underbody-washer-blaster-offroad-chassis-cleaning","title":"Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster – Offroad Chassis Cleaning Tool","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSalt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster for Offroad Vehicle Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster is a dedicated chassis cleaning tool engineered for off-road enthusiasts and 4x4 owners. Designed by Salt Shift, this robust solution connects directly to your pressure washer, delivering targeted cleaning power to the most vulnerable areas beneath your vehicle. Whether you regularly tackle muddy trails, sandy beaches, or salted winter roads, this washer blaster is purpose-built to help prevent corrosion and extend the life of your vehicle’s undercarriage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Underbody Washer Blaster Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis tool attaches to your existing pressure washer using included adaptors, allowing you to direct a concentrated jet of water precisely where it’s needed under your vehicle. With a 10-inch (210mm) height extension pipe and multiple extension poles, the blaster reaches deep into hard-to-access areas, ensuring thorough removal of salt, sand, and mud from driveshafts, bash plates, suspension components, and more. Five interchangeable spray nozzles let you control the pressure and spray pattern, adapting the tool for different cleaning tasks and vehicle heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chassis cleaning tool is particularly effective for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road vehicles and 4x4s exposed to mud, sand, and saltwater environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrucks and utility vehicles with high ground clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking to prevent rust and corrosion after beach driving or winter road use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintaining trailers, boat hulls, and other equipment prone to underbody contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy removing corrosive debris from critical underbody components, the Salt Shift Washer Blaster helps protect your investment and reduce long-term maintenance costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelivers 3x more concentrated cleaning power than standard undercarriage sprayers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeight extension pipe for superior reach under lifted vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive interchangeable nozzles for adjustable cleaning pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a wide range of pressure washers (adaptors included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEfficiently cleans driveshafts, bash plates, suspension, and undercarriage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports regular maintenance to help prevent costly corrosion damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Underbody Blaster Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Pipe saddle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1x Height extension pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3x Extension pipes for increased reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5x Interchangeable spray nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e5x Pressure washer adaptors (compatible with major brands)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalt Shift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnderbody Washer Blaster \/ Chassis Cleaning Tool\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500PSI+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4000PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Extension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170mm \/ 280mm with lift option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNozzle Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 interchangeable spray nozzles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4x4s, trucks, trailers, boat hulls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCleaning Focus\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDriveshafts, bash plates, suspension, undercarriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster is straightforward:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDetach your pressure washer wand from its handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the appropriate Salt Shift pressure washer adaptor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConnect the extension pipes and height extension as needed for your vehicle’s clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the Underbody Blaster Pro and select your preferred spray nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eActivate your pressure washer and begin cleaning the undercarriage, focusing on areas prone to build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular use after off-road or beach driving helps maintain your vehicle’s chassis and suspension, reducing the risk of long-term corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Corrosion Protection Matters for Offroad Vehicles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and 4x4 vehicles are frequently exposed to harsh environments where salt, mud, and sand can accumulate on underbody components. Left untreated, this build-up accelerates rust and corrosion, threatening the integrity of chassis, suspension, and drivetrain parts. The Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster provides an efficient way to remove contaminants, helping you protect your vehicle’s most vulnerable areas and maintain performance in demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Salt Shift Underbody Washer Blaster connect to my pressure washer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes multiple pressure washer adaptors compatible with popular brands, allowing for a secure and straightforward connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this washer blaster suitable for all vehicle heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the included height extension and multiple extension pipes make it ideal for both standard and lifted vehicles, ensuring effective cleaning reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat types of contaminants can it remove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for heavy-duty cleaning, effectively removing thick mud, sand, and salt from underbody components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this tool on trailers and boat hulls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The washer blaster is suitable for cleaning trailers, boat hulls, and other equipment exposed to corrosive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I use the underbody washer blaster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal protection, use the blaster after each off-road, beach, or winter road trip to prevent build-up and corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with my existing pressure washer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is compatible with most major pressure washer brands. Check the included adaptors for your specific model compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Salt Shift","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942742491478,"sku":null,"price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Salt_Shift_Underbody_Blaster_2.webp?v=1763990349"},{"product_id":"arb-brushless-twin-portable-air-compressor-12v","title":"ARB Brushless Twin Portable Air Compressor 12V – High-Output Off-Road Recovery Air System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Brushless Twin Portable Air Compressor 12V Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Brushless Twin Portable Air Compressor 12V is engineered for serious off-road, expedition, and recovery applications. As ARB’s most advanced portable compressor, it combines a twin-motor brushless design with high airflow, active cooling, and smart electronic protection. This system is purpose-built for demanding environments, supporting rapid tyre inflation, air tools, and ARB Air Locker operation in remote and rugged conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Brushless Twin Compressor Supports Off-Road Recovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis compressor delivers up to 50% more airflow than previous ARB models, making it ideal for reinflating large off-road tyres after sand, rock, or trail driving. The brushless motors provide higher efficiency and extended service life, while integrated electronics monitor voltage, temperature, and load to protect both the compressor and your vehicle’s electrical system. For overlanders, 4x4 enthusiasts, and anyone running larger tyres or beadlocks, this system ensures you can air up quickly and reliably wherever your journey takes you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Brushless Twin Portable Compressor Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use in harsh environments, this portable compressor is a key component for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4x4 and off-road vehicles requiring frequent tyre pressure adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition and overland builds with large tyres (35–40 inch+)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote travel where service station air is unavailable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOperating ARB Air Locker differentials\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInflating recovery gear, air mattresses, and camp equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRunning air tools in the field\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor drivers who regularly air down for traction and need fast, reliable reinflation, this compressor is essential equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Brushless Twin Portable Air Compressor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrushless twin-motor design for high airflow and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUp to 6.16 CFM (174 L\/min) maximum airflow for rapid inflation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eActive cooling system enables continuous operation without thermal shutdown\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmart electronic protection: voltage, overload, and temperature monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100% duty cycle (60 min) for extended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIP55 protection rating for dust and water resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with ARB air accessories and Air Locker systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable Air Compressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVoltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Airflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.16 CFM (174 L\/min)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow @ 29 PSI\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.68 CFM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDuty Cycle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% (60 min)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent Draw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 68.6A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProtection Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIP55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15 kg \/ 33 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Brushless Twin Portable Compressor is supplied as a portable unit, allowing flexible deployment between vehicles or at camp. It connects directly to a 12V battery and is designed for straightforward setup. Due to its high current draw, ensure your vehicle’s electrical system and battery are in good condition. The compressor is compatible with ARB air hoses, tyre inflation kits, and Air Locker systems, making it a central component in a complete ARB air setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Off-Road Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road and expedition drivers frequently need to air down tyres for traction, but reinflating large tyres with low-output compressors can be slow and unreliable. The ARB Brushless Twin Portable Compressor addresses this by delivering rapid, consistent airflow, reducing downtime and ensuring you can safely return to highway pressures before road travel. Its robust design and smart protections provide confidence in remote environments where reliability is critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the brushless motor improve compressor performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless motor design reduces internal friction and wear, resulting in higher efficiency, lower heat generation, and longer service life compared to traditional brushed motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this compressor suitable for inflating large off-road tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a maximum airflow of 6.16 CFM and 150 PSI, it is specifically designed to handle rapid inflation of large tyres commonly used on 4x4 and expedition vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the compressor operate air tools and ARB Air Lockers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The high-output twin motor supports air tools and is fully compatible with ARB Air Locker differential systems and other ARB air accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the installation requirements?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor is portable and connects directly to a 12V battery. Ensure your battery and wiring can handle the maximum current draw of up to 68.6A for safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the compressor handle extended use in harsh conditions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActive cooling fans, thermal monitoring, and an IP55 protection rating allow the compressor to operate reliably during extended inflation cycles and in challenging environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance is required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless design reduces maintenance needs. Periodic checks of electrical connections and cleaning of dust or debris from the exterior will help maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942767821142,"sku":"XAACCKBLTP12","price":1121.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BrushlessBox1.png?v=1763988162"},{"product_id":"arb-air-compressor-pump-up-kit","title":"ARB Air Compressor Pump Up Kit – Off-Road Recovery Inflation Accessory","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Air Compressor Pump Up Kit Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Air Compressor Pump Up Kit is a purpose-built inflation accessory designed for off-road enthusiasts, overlanders, and anyone relying on ARB air compressor systems. This kit enables fast, reliable tyre inflation and supports a range of inflatables, making it an essential addition to any recovery or adventure setup. Engineered by ARB, a leader in 4x4 recovery equipment, the Pump Up Kit is tailored for seamless integration with ARB single and twin compressor models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Pump Up Kit Supports Your Recovery System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintaining correct tyre pressures is crucial for off-road traction, safety, and vehicle performance. The ARB Pump Up Kit connects directly to compatible ARB air compressors, allowing you to quickly inflate tyres after deflation for sand, mud, or rocky terrain. The kit’s high-temperature, 23-foot air hose provides ample reach for larger vehicles, while the quick-connect fittings ensure secure, leak-free operation. Additional adapters make it easy to inflate air mattresses, camping gear, and other equipment, expanding the kit’s usefulness beyond tyre inflation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ARB Pump Up Kit Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders and overlanders who frequently adjust tyre pressures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdventurers requiring reliable inflation for camping gear and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners of ARB single or twin air compressors seeking a dedicated, compatible inflation solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers of larger 4WDs or vehicles where hose length and durability are critical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy providing a robust, easy-to-use inflation system, the Pump Up Kit helps reduce downtime and increases confidence when venturing into remote areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Air Compressor Pump Up Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e23-foot high-temperature air hose for extended reach and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick-connect air coupling with dust cap to prevent leaks and contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSecure inflator chuck for hands-free, leak-free tyre inflation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdditional fittings for inflating air mattresses, toys, and other inflatables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eT-piece adapter for direct connection to ARB Single Compressors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports use with ARB Twin Compressors when paired with a manifold kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRated to 150 psi for a wide range of inflation tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Compatibility Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pump Up Kit features a high-quality internal hose structure designed to prevent kinking and unwanted bending, ensuring reliable airflow and ease of use. The kit is compatible with ARB CKMA12\/24 Single Compressors (using the included T-piece adapter) and can be used with ARB CKMTA12\/24 Twin Compressors when combined with a manifold kit. All fittings are engineered for durability in demanding off-road and expedition environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward: simply connect the air hose to your ARB compressor’s output port using the supplied fittings. The quick-connect system allows for rapid attachment and removal, while the included adapters make it easy to switch between tyre inflation and other uses. For twin compressor setups, a manifold kit is recommended to ensure proper fitment. Routine maintenance involves keeping the dust caps in place and checking connections for debris before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Compressor Pump Up Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHose Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompressor Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB CKMA12\/24 Single Compressors (T-piece adapter included), ARB CKMTA12\/24 Twin Compressors (manifold kit recommended)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-connect air coupling, inflator chuck, dust cap, T-piece adapter, additional inflation fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat compressors are compatible with the ARB Pump Up Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for ARB CKMA12\/24 Single Compressors (using the included T-piece adapter) and can be used with ARB CKMTA12\/24 Twin Compressors when a manifold kit is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the hose long enough for larger vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 23-foot hose provides ample reach for most 4WDs, trucks, and expedition vehicles, allowing you to access all tyres without repositioning your compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this kit for inflating other items besides tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. The kit includes additional fittings for inflating air mattresses, camping gear, sports equipment, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need any extra parts to use this with a twin compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ARB Twin Compressors, a manifold kit is recommended to ensure proper fitment and operation with the Pump Up Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I maintain the Pump Up Kit for best performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep dust caps on when not in use, periodically inspect hose and fittings for wear, and ensure all connections are clean before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit suitable for high-pressure inflation tasks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is rated to 150 psi, making it suitable for a wide range of inflation requirements in off-road and recreational settings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942791283030,"sku":"XAAX171302V2","price":96.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PumpUpKit2.png?v=1763988418"},{"product_id":"arb-bushranger-x-jack-inflatable-exhaust-vehicle-jack","title":"ARB Bushranger X-Jack Inflatable Exhaust Jack – Off-Road Recovery Solution","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB Bushranger X-Jack Inflatable Exhaust Jack: Engineered Recovery for Soft Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Bushranger X-Jack Inflatable Exhaust Jack is a purpose-built recovery tool for off-roaders, overlanders, and expedition drivers who demand a reliable solution when traditional jacks fail. Developed by Bushranger 4x4 Gear and supplied by ARB, this inflatable jack is trusted by those who regularly face sand, mud, or snow—environments where mechanical jacks can become liabilities. Designed for vehicles up to 2,000 kg, the X-Jack offers a safe, controlled lift even in the most unpredictable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the ARB Bushranger X-Jack Solves Off-Road Recovery Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft or unstable ground can render conventional jacks ineffective, risking vehicle damage or personal injury. The X-Jack addresses this by distributing the load over a wide, reinforced surface area, preventing sinking and instability. Inflation is achieved via your vehicle’s exhaust or a portable air compressor, allowing flexible operation regardless of exhaust configuration. This makes the X-Jack especially useful for solo travellers, remote expeditions, or anyone who cannot rely on solid ground for recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the X-Jack Excels: Use Cases and Application\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRecovering vehicles bogged in sand, mud, or snow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemote expeditions where ground stability is uncertain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSituations where traditional jacks are unsafe or impractical\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4x4s, SUVs, and light commercial vehicles up to 2,000 kg (4,400 lbs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for vehicles over 4,000 kg (8,800 lbs) gross vehicle weight. For vehicles with dual or sharply angled exhausts, use the compressor adapter for safe inflation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Advantages of the ARB Bushranger X-Jack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe, stable lifting on soft, slippery, or unstable terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual inflation options: exhaust or compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReinforced PVC and triple-density hard top for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat, collapsible design for compact storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComprehensive kit: storage bag, hoses, protective mat, gloves, seal kit, compressor adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWidely trusted by off-road and expedition professionals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushranger 4x4 Gear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInflatable Exhaust Jack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Lift Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 kg (4,400 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Inflated Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm (30 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Inflated Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm (25.5 inches)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 psi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHard Top\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple density, reinforced layers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Kit Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.6 kg (19 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eX-Jack Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.4 kg (12 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty storage bag, high-temperature hoses, protective mat, replacement seal kit, gloves, compressor adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the ARB Bushranger X-Jack is straightforward but requires attention to safety. Always place the included protective mat and X-Jack under a solid underbody lifting point—never under fuel tanks, plastics, or the exhaust itself. Connect the inflation hose to your vehicle’s exhaust or compressor as appropriate. Inflate slowly, monitoring the jack’s position and the lift. Stop inflating once the vehicle is raised or the jack ceases to lift. Always use in a well-ventilated area and switch off the engine after inflation. For best results and safety, consider completing an off-road recovery course.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose the ARB Bushranger X-Jack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road enthusiasts and overlanders seeking a reliable recovery tool for soft terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition travellers operating in remote or unpredictable environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4x4 owners who want a compact, versatile alternative to mechanical jacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone prioritising safety and control during solo or group recovery scenarios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-Jack is especially valuable for those who travel solo or in small groups, where self-recovery is critical and ground conditions are often unknown. Its compact design and comprehensive kit make it a practical addition to any recovery gear setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – ARB Bushranger X-Jack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the X-Jack inflate, and which vehicles is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-Jack inflates using your vehicle’s exhaust or a portable air compressor. It is suitable for vehicles up to 2,000 kg (4,400 lbs) and not recommended for vehicles over 4,000 kg (8,800 lbs) GVW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the X-Jack with any exhaust system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVehicles with acute angle or dual exhausts should use the compressor adapter for inflation. Check your exhaust configuration before use to ensure compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the X-Jack kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the inflatable jack, heavy-duty storage bag, high-temperature hoses, protective mat, replacement seal kit, gloves, and a compressor adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the X-Jack suitable for all recovery situations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-Jack is designed for soft or unstable ground but may not be suitable for all recovery scenarios. Assess ground conditions and always follow safety guidelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need training to use the X-Jack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is strongly recommended to complete an off-road recovery course before using the X-Jack to ensure safe and effective operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I maintain the X-Jack after use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the X-Jack before storage. Inspect for wear or damage and replace seals as needed using the included kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942809043286,"sku":"XRRJX01","price":442.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Jack1.png?v=1763988537"},{"product_id":"arb-smartbar-stealthbar-ford-ranger-mk8-wildtrak-2023-onwards-6-sensor-varient","title":"ARB SmartBar StealthBar Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023 Onwards) 6 Sensor Variant – Front-End Protection System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eARB StealthBar for Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak: 6 Sensor Variant Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB SmartBar StealthBar for the Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023 onwards, 6 sensor variant) is a purpose-built front-end protection system designed to replace the factory bumper while maintaining the vehicle's modern styling and advanced safety features. Engineered by ARB for the Wildtrak, this StealthBar variant is tailored for owners seeking robust impact protection, seamless integration with factory sensors, and reliable support for off-road accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the StealthBar Enhances Your Wildtrak\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis StealthBar is designed to absorb and dissipate impact energy, helping to minimise damage from animal strikes and off-road obstacles. Its advanced UV-stabilised polymer construction allows the bar to compress and return to shape after many impacts, reducing the risk of permanent deformation and lowering potential repair costs compared to traditional steel bars. The StealthBar also features integrated side wing and underbody protection, shielding vulnerable areas from debris and trail hazards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication: Built for the Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (6 Sensor)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variant is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023 onwards) with six parking sensors. It is fully airbag compatible and designed to integrate with the vehicle’s original safety and driver assistance systems. The StealthBar accommodates most factory accessories and is compatible with ARB’s underbody protection, recovery points, and winch systems. This makes it suitable for daily driving, touring, and demanding off-road use where both safety and functionality are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Wildtrak Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrecisely engineered for Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023+) with 6 sensor compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbsorbs impacts and returns to shape, helping to reduce downtime and repair costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight UV-stabilised polymer resists corrosion and environmental damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains factory styling with a low-profile, modern design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully compatible with airbag and OE safety systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports mounting of driving lights, winches (see variant notes), and ARB recovery points\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated underbody and side wing protection for critical components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower weight than steel alternatives, which may help reduce front axle load and support fuel efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Variant Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe StealthBar is manufactured from UV-stabilised polymer, chosen for its flexibility, impact absorption, and resistance to fading, cracking, or corrosion. Unlike steel bull bars, this material will not rust, chip, or degrade in harsh environments. The 6 sensor variant is designed to maintain full functionality of factory parking sensors and safety systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWinch Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The StealthBar is available in both winch and non-winch compatible versions. Confirm the correct variant for your intended use—this page covers the 6 sensor Wildtrak variant; please verify winch requirements before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB StealthBar is supplied as a direct replacement for the factory bumper on the Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023 onwards). Installation is designed to be straightforward for professional fitters, with provisions for six parking sensors and support for ARB and select aftermarket accessories. Always confirm your vehicle’s sensor configuration and accessory compatibility before ordering. For best results, professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmartBar StealthBar – Front-End Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023 onwards), 6 sensor variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV-stabilised polymer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirbag Compatible\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWinch Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable in winch and non-winch versions (check variant before purchase)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory Mounts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports driving lights, recovery points, underbody protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 sensor configuration (Wildtrak only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c!-- Add part number or SKU here if available --\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this StealthBar variant unique for the Wildtrak?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis StealthBar is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Mk8 Wildtrak (2023 onwards) with a 6 sensor configuration, ensuring precise fitment and full sensor functionality. Other StealthBar variants may differ in sensor support or accessory compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the StealthBar compatible with all Ford Ranger models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this variant is designed only for the Wildtrak with six parking sensors. Compatibility with other Ranger models or sensor layouts is not guaranteed—always verify your vehicle’s configuration before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the StealthBar help reduce repair costs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flexible polymer construction is designed to absorb and recover from many impacts, which can help minimise permanent deformation and reduce the likelihood of needing major repairs compared to rigid steel bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mount a winch or driving lights to this StealthBar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the StealthBar supports mounting of driving lights and is available in winch and non-winch compatible versions. Confirm the correct variant for your intended accessories before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the StealthBar affect airbag deployment or safety systems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is fully airbag compatible and designed to integrate with the Wildtrak’s OE safety systems, maintaining factory safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the StealthBar require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe UV-stabilised polymer is rust and corrosion resistant. Routine cleaning is recommended to maintain its appearance and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942871957846,"sku":"XVBSA292BL291FORA8","price":3381.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Smart1.png?v=1763988995"},{"product_id":"bushranger-covert-12-000lbs-synthetic-winch","title":"ARB Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Synthetic Winch – Integrated 4x4 Recovery Winch","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Integrated Recovery Winch for Modern 4x4s\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Synthetic Winch is engineered for off-road enthusiasts, overland explorers, and anyone who demands reliable self-recovery in challenging environments. Designed in Australia, this winch combines robust pulling power with a compact, integrated control system, making it ideal for vehicles where space, airflow, and sensor compatibility are critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Bushranger Covert Winch Supports Your Recovery Needs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis winch features a finely tuned 5.7hp 12V motor and a 4-stage gearbox, delivering consistent pulling force up to 12,000lbs (5,443kg). The unique integrated Albright Industries control unit eliminates the need for an external control box, streamlining installation and reducing wiring complexity. The result is a cleaner, more reliable fitment—especially important for modern 4x4s with advanced electronics and tight bull bar clearances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment and Application Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Synthetic Winch is designed to fit a broad range of modern 4x4 vehicles equipped with compatible bull bars. Its compact, integrated design is particularly suited to vehicles where maintaining airflow to radiators and sensors is essential. Typical applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSelf-recovery from mud, sand, or rocky terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssisting other vehicles on group expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExpedition builds where space and weight savings are priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eModern 4x4s with factory or aftermarket bull bars (confirm dimensions and mounting pattern before purchase)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are fitting this winch to a specific bull bar or vehicle model, check the mounting pattern and available space. The integrated control unit reduces installation complexity and avoids interference with front-end sensors or cooling systems, making it a strong choice for late-model 4WDs and those with advanced driver assistance features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Advantages of the Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Synthetic Winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated control unit for simplified installation and a clean, unobtrusive look\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency 5.7hp motor for fast line speeds and low current draw\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24m x 11mm synthetic rope for reduced weight and safer handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAircraft-grade aluminium hawse fairlead for smooth rope operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual connection remote with replaceable battery for flexible operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-installed heavy gauge wiring and universal power isolation switch for straightforward setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTested to Australian standards for proven durability in harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKit includes forged hook, control plug with lead, and hi-tensile mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSynthetic Winch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBushranger Covert 12,000lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Pulling Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000lbs (5,443kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24m x 11mm Synthetic Rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.7hp 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated Albright Industries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAircraft Grade Aluminium Hawse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual Connection, Replaceable Battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHi-tensile included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTesting Standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAustralian Standards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer warranty applies (refer to ARB for details)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Maintenance Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated control box design allows for a more straightforward installation, especially on vehicles with limited space behind the bull bar. Pre-installed heavy gauge wiring and a universal power isolation switch further simplify setup. Always confirm your bull bar's mounting pattern and available space before purchase. The synthetic rope is lighter and safer than steel cable but should be regularly inspected for abrasion or damage, especially after heavy use or exposure to mud and sand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Recovery Problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOff-road recovery often means facing unpredictable terrain, from deep mud to steep inclines. A reliable winch is essential for self-recovery and group travel. The Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Synthetic Winch provides robust pulling power and reliability, while its integrated design minimises installation headaches and avoids interference with modern vehicle systems. This winch is ideal for those who want confidence in remote areas and a clean, professional install on their 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the integrated control unit benefit installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in control unit eliminates the need for a separate external control box, reducing wiring complexity and allowing for a cleaner, more compact fitment—especially useful on vehicles with limited space or advanced front-end electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the synthetic rope as strong as steel cable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied 24m x 11mm synthetic rope is engineered for high strength and safety, providing the rated 12,000lbs capacity while being lighter and safer under tension compared to steel cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles and bull bars is this winch compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis winch is designed to fit most modern 4x4s with compatible bull bars. Always check your vehicle and bull bar specifications for mounting pattern and available space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the winch, synthetic rope, dual connection remote, aluminium hawse fairlead, forged hook with pull tag, power isolation switch, control plug with lead, pre-installed wiring, and hi-tensile mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is provided?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bushranger Covert winch is covered by the manufacturer's warranty. Refer to ARB for specific terms and support details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I maintain the synthetic rope?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the rope after each use for signs of abrasion or damage. Clean with fresh water after exposure to mud or sand, and store the winch covered when not in use to prolong rope life.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942914097494,"sku":"XRERWC120S","price":1687.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BR1200.png?v=1763989336"},{"product_id":"bushranger-covert-12-000lbs-wire-winch","title":"ARB Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Wire Winch – Integrated 4x4 Recovery Winch","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePremium Integrated Recovery Solution for Serious Off-Roaders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARB Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Wire Winch is engineered for 4x4 owners who demand reliable, high-capacity recovery in the harshest environments. Designed by ARB and Bushranger, this winch stands out with its Australian-developed integrated motor control unit, eliminating the need for a bulky external control box and streamlining installation on modern bull bars and recovery bumpers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Bushranger Covert Winch Enhances Recovery Capability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis winch is purpose-built to help extract heavy vehicles from deep mud, sand, snow, or rocky terrain where self-recovery is critical. The 12,000lbs (5,443kg) pulling power, robust 25-metre wire rope, and all-in-one control system make it a dependable asset for overland expeditions, remote touring, and challenging off-road tracks. The integrated design reduces exposed components, minimising snag points and potential trail damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Winch Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners of large 4x4s, dual-cab utes, and expedition vehicles needing maximum recovery strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers who want a clean, integrated winch installation without external control boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdventurers tackling remote or technical terrain where self-recovery is essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBuilders upgrading bull bars or recovery bumpers to support serious off-road use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore purchasing, confirm your bull bar or winch mount is rated for a 12,000lbs winch and accommodates integrated control designs. This winch is compatible with most heavy-duty off-road bull bars and recovery bumpers that meet these requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the ARB Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Wire Winch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh 12,000lbs (5,443kg) pulling capacity for heavy vehicles and loaded builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated all-in-one motor control unit for simplified, snag-free installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25-metre x 10.3mm wire rope for extended reach and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual connection remote with replaceable battery for flexible operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e304 stainless steel roller fairlead and forged hook for secure, corrosion-resistant recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain power isolation switch with universal mount for safety and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-installed heavy gauge wiring with protective conduit for robust electrical performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBushranger Covert 12,000lbs Winch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25-metre x 10.3mm wire rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual connection remote (replaceable battery)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e304 stainless steel roller fairlead\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eForged hook with pull tag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMain power isolation switch with universal mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRemotely mounted control plug with lead\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-installed heavy gauge wiring with protective conduit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHi-tensile mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bushranger Covert winch is engineered for straightforward installation on most modern bull bars and recovery bumpers designed for integrated winches. The pre-installed wiring and universal isolation switch simplify setup, while the integrated control unit means fewer exposed parts and a cleaner look. Professional installation is recommended to ensure safe operation and correct fitment, especially on vehicles with complex electrical systems or custom barwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Recovery Problems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGetting stuck in remote or technical terrain can put your trip, safety, and vehicle at risk. The ARB Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Wire Winch delivers the pulling power and reliability needed to recover heavy 4x4s and expedition vehicles, reducing downtime and risk. Its integrated design supports long-term durability by minimising exposed wiring and components that could be damaged on the trail. This winch is a practical upgrade for anyone who values self-sufficiency and peace of mind off-road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB \/ Bushranger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Winch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovert 12,000lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Pulling Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12,000lbs (5,443kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.7hp 12-volt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRope Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire (25m x 10.3mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eControl Unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated all-in-one motor control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemote\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual connection with replaceable battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFairlead\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 Stainless Steel Roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHook\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForged with pull tag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHi-tensile mounting hardware, main power isolation switch, pre-installed heavy gauge wiring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles are compatible with the Bushranger Covert 12,000lbs Wire Winch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis winch is suitable for large 4x4s, dual-cab utes, and expedition vehicles with bull bars or recovery bumpers rated for a 12,000lbs winch and designed for integrated control units. Always check your mounting system's specifications before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the integrated control unit benefit installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe all-in-one motor control unit removes the need for an external control box, making installation cleaner and reducing exposed parts that can snag or be damaged off-road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the wire rope pre-installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes a 25-metre wire rope designed for straightforward installation following the included instructions. Professional fitting is recommended for safety and optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the winch require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegularly inspect the wire rope, electrical connections, and moving parts for wear or damage. Keep the winch clean and follow ARB\/Bushranger maintenance guidelines for longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the winch include a remote control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a dual connection remote with a replaceable battery is included for flexible operation from inside or outside the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a warranty or aftersales support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eARB and Bushranger products are backed by a reputation for quality and aftersales support. For specific warranty terms, refer to the supplied documentation or contact your authorised ARB dealer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51942940803414,"sku":"XRERWC120W","price":1500.91,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BRWire1.png?v=1763989409"}],"url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/all-products.oembed?page=3","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}